Kia, THE COMPANY · Kia, THE COMPANY Thank you for ... life cycle reduction, etc. Also, the...

Kia, THE COMPANYThank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.

As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehi-

cles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you

with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual is accurate at the

time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes

at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can

be carried out.

This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descrip-

tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a

result, you may encounter material in this manual that is not applica-

ble to your specific Kia vehicle.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!

i

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.

When you require service, remember that your Kia dealerknows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech-nicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace-ment parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac-tion.

Because subsequent owners require this important informationas well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it issold.

This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte-nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup-plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manualthat provides important information on all warranties regardingyour vehicle.

We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow therecommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operationof your new vehicle.

Kia offers a great variety of options, components and featuresfor its various models. Therefore, some of the equipmentdescribed in this manual, along with the various illustrations,may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.

The information and specifications provided in this manualwere accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right todiscontinue or change specifications or design at any timewithout notice and without incurring any obligation. If youhave questions, always check with your Kia dealer.

We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoringpleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.

© 2014 Kia Canada Inc.

All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic ormechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by anyinformation storage and retrieval system or translation inwhole or part is not permitted without written authorizationfrom Kia Canada Inc..

Printed in Korea

Foreword

ii

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

IntroductionHow to use this manual / Fuel requirements / Vehicle break-in process

Your vehicle at a glanceExterior overview / Interior overview / Instrument panel overview / Engine compartment

Safety features of your vehicleSeats / Seat belts / Child restraint system / Air bag

Features of your vehicleKeys / Door locks / Trunk / Windows / Hood / Fuel filler lid / Panoramic sunroof / Steering wheel / Mirrors /Instrument cluster / Lighting / Wipers & Washers / Climate control system / Audio system / Etc.

Driving your vehicleBefore driving / Engine start/stop button / Transaxle / Brake system / Cruise control system / Smart cruise control system / Winter driving / Vehicle load limit / Etc.

What to do in an emergencyRoad warning / Emergency while driving / Emergency starting / Engine overheat / TPMS / Flat tire / Towing / Etc.

MaintenanceEngine compartment / Maintenance service / Engine oil / Engine coolant / Brake fluid / Washer fluid /Parking brake / Air cleaner / Wiper blades / Battery / Tire and wheels / Fuses / Etc.

Specifications & Consumer information

Index

table of contents

Introduction

How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . . 1-3• Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5• Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Vehicle Break-In Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Vehicle Data Collection and

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

1

Introduction

21

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from yourvehicle. Your Owner’s Manual canassist you in many ways. We strong-ly recommend that you read theentire manual. In order to minimizethe chance of death or injury, youmust read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the wordsin this manual to best explain how toenjoy your vehicle. By reading yourmanual, you will learn about fea-tures, important safety information,and driving tips under various roadconditions.

The general layout of the manual isprovided in the Table of Contents.Use the index when looking for aspecific area or subject; it has analphabetical listing of all located inthe back of this manual.Sections: This manual has eight sec-tions plus an index. Each sectionbegins with a brief list of contents soyou can tell at a glance if that sectionhas the information you want.You will find various types of safetyinstructions in this manual. Theseinstructions were prepared toenhance your personal safety.Carefully read and follow ALL proce-dures and recommendations provid-ed in these instructions.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting orhelpful information is being provided.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situationin which harm, serious bodilyinjury or death could result if thewarning is ignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situationin which damage to your vehiclecould result if the caution isignored.

1 3

Introduction

Your new Kia vehicle is designed touse only unleaded fuel having apump octane number ((R+M)/2) of87 (Research Octane Number 91) orhigher. (Do not use methanol blend-ed fuels)

Your new vehicle is designed toobtain maximum performance withUNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-mize exhaust emissions and sparkplug fouling.

Never add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consult anauthorized Kia Premium dealer fordetails.)

Tighten the cap until it clicks onetime, otherwise the fuel cap openwarning indicator light (or LCDdisplay) will illuminate.

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alco-hol), and gasoline or gasohol con-taining methanol (also known aswood alcohol) are being marketedalong with or instead of leaded orunleaded gasoline.Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanolmay be used in your vehicle. Do notuse gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use gaso-line or gasohol containing anymethanol.Ethanol provides less energy thangasoline and it attracts water, and itis thus likely to reduce your fuel effi-ciency and could lower your MPGresults. Methanol may cause drivabil-ity problems and damage to the fuelsystem, engine control system andemission control system.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

WARNING - Refueling• Do not "top off" after the noz-

zle automatically shuts off.Attempts to force more fuelinto the tank can cause fueloverflow onto you and theground causing a risk of fire.

• Always check that the fuel capis installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage, especiallyin the event of an accident.

Introduction

41

Discontinue using gasohol ofanykind if drivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or drivability prob-lems may not be covered by themanufacturer's warranty if they resultfrom the use of:1. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol."E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15percent gasoline, and is manufac-tured exclusively for use in FlexibleFuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati-ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85”may result in poor engine perform-ance and damage to your vehicle'sengine and fuel system. Kia recom-mends that customers do not usefuel with an ethanol content exceed-ing 10 percent.

✽✽ NOTICEYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantydoes not cover damage to the fuelsystem or any performance prob-lems caused by the use of “E85” fuel.

Other fuelsUsing fuels that contain Silicone (Si),MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene(Fe), and Other metalic additives,may cause vehicle and engine dam-age or cause misfiring, poor acceler-ation, engine stalling, catalyst melt-ing, clogging, abnormal corrosion,life cycle reduction, etc.Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp(MIL) may illuminate.

✽✽ NOTICEDamage to the fuel system or per-formance problem caused by the useof these fuels may not be covered byyour New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

Gasoline containing MMTSome gasoline contains harmfulmanganese-based fuel additivessuch as MMT (Methylcyclopentadi-enyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).Kia does not recommend the use ofgasoline containing MMT.This type of fuel can reduce vehicleperformance and affect your emis-sion control system.The malfunction indicator lamp onthe cluster may come on.

1 5

Introduction

Use of MTBEKia recommends avoiding fuels con-taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary ButylEther) over 15.0% vol. (OxygenContent 2.7% weight) in your vehicle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0%vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight)may reduce vehicle performance andproduce vapor lock or hard starting.

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (woodalcohol) should not be used in yourvehicle. This type of fuel can reducevehicle performance and damagecomponents of the fuel system,engine control system and emissioncontrol system.

Fuel AdditivesKia recommends that you use goodquality gasolines treated with deter-gent additives such as TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline, which helpsprevent deposit formation in theengine. These gasolines will help theengine run cleaner and enhance per-formance of the Emission ControlSystem. For more information onTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline,please go to the website (www.top-tiergas.com).For Customers who do not use TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,and have problems starting or theengine does not run smoothly, addi-tives that you can buy separatelymay be added to the gasoline. IfTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is notavailable, one bottle of additiveadded to the fuel tank at 12,000 kmor every engine oil change is recom-mended. Additives are available fromyour authorized Kia Premium dealeralong with information on how to usethem. Do not mix other additives.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle LimitedWarranty may not cover damageto the fuel system and any per-formance problems that arecaused by the use of fuels con-taining methanol or fuels con-taining MTBE (Methyl TertiaryButyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

Introduction

61

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehiclein another country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding

registration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is

available.

No special break-in period is needed.By following a few simple precautionsfor the first 1,000 km (600 miles) youmay add to the performance, econo-my and life of your vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine

speed (rpm, or revolutions perminute) between 2,000 rpm and4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed forlong periods of time, either fast orslow.Varying engine speed is need-ed to properly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-gencies, to allow the brakes to seatproperly.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first2,000 km (1,200 miles) of operation.

VEHICLE BREAK-INPROCESS

1 7

Introduction

This vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as anair bag deployment or hitting aroad obstacle, data that will assistin understanding how a vehicle'ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safety sys-tems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:* How various systems in your

vehicle were operating;* Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts werebuckled/ fastened;

* How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the acceleratorand/or brake pedal; and,

* How fast the vehicle was travel-ing.

These data can help provide a bet-ter understanding of the circum-stances in which crashes andinjuries occur. NOTE: EDR dataare recorded by your vehicle onlyif a non-trivial crash situationoccurs; no data are recorded bythe EDR under normal drivingconditions and no personal data(e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, could combinethe EDR data with the type of per-sonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crash investiga-tion.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, suchas law enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2


22

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Hood .....................................................4-27

2. Head lamp ............................................4-98

3. Fog lamp.............................................4-102

4. Tire and wheel...............................7-46, 8-2

5. Outside rearview mirror ........................4-48

6. Panorama sunroof ................................4-32

7. Front windshield wiper blades ...4-104, 7-40

8. Windows ...............................................4-23

OVG015001N

■ Front view

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

2 3


9. Door ......................................................4-17

10. Fuel filler lid ........................................4-29

11. Rear combination lamp

12. Trunk lid ..............................................4-21

13. High mounted stop lamp

14. Rear window defroster......................4-112

15. Back-up warning system ....................4-90

16. Antenna ............................................4-140

17. Rearview camera................................4-94

OVG013002L

■ Rear view



42

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Door lock/unlock button.........................4-18

2. Central door lock switch........................4-19

3. Power window switches ........................4-23

4. Power window lock button.....................4-26

5. Outside rearview mirror control switch..4-49

6. Outside rearview mirror folding switch ..4-50

7. Driver's position memory system............3-7

8. Hood release lever ................................4-27

9. Fuel filler lid release button...................4-29

10. Trunk lid release button.......................4-21

11. Fuse box .............................................7-61

12. Steering wheel ....................................4-37

13. Steering wheel tilt control....................4-38

14. Instrument panel illumination controlswitch ..................................................4-53

15. BSD On/OFF button............................5-58

16. LDWS On/OFF button.........................5-54

17. ESC OFF button .................................5-29

18. Seat.......................................................3-2

OVG013003N❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

2 5


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Instrument cluster .................................4-52

2. Horn......................................................4-39

3. Driver's front air bag .............................3-43

4. Light control/Turn signals......................4-97

5. Wiper/Washer .....................................4-104

6. Cruise control .......................................5-37

7. Steering wheel audio control ..............4-141

8. Ignition switch or ENGINE START/STOPbutton......................................................5-5

9. Hazard warning flasher switch ......4-96, 6-2

10. Clock.................................................4-136

11. Climate control system .....................4-112

12. Shift lever............................................5-10

13. Passenger's front air bag....................3-43

14. Glove box..........................................4-129

15. Electric parking brake switch (EPB) ...5-19

16. Brake pedal.........................................5-16

17. Seat warmer/Air ventilationswitch.....................................4-132, 4-133

18. AUTO HOLD control button ................5-25

19. Heated steering wheel button.............4-39

20. Rear curtain folding button ...............4-139

OVG013004N



62

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OHG011004A

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine oil dipstick .....................7-29

2. Engine oil filler cap....................7-29

3. Engine coolant reservoir ...........7-31

4. Radiator cap..............................7-32

5. Brake fluid reservoir ..................7-34

6. Windshield washer fluidreservoir.....................................7-35

7. Air cleaner .................................7-37

8. Positive battery terminal...........7-43

9. Negative battery terminal.........7-43

10. Fuse box .................................7-63

■■ 3.3L Engine

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2• Front seat adjustment - power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4• Driver position memory system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7• Headrest (for front seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8• Seatback pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11• Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11• Headrest (for rear seat). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13• Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13• Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24• Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25• Tether anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28• Lower anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

Air bag - supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . 3-31• Air bag system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32• Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34• SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35• Occupant Detection System (ODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37• Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43• Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45

• Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46• Inflation and non-inflation conditions

of the air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48• SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53• Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54

3


23

Driver’s seat(1) Seat adjustment, forward / back-

ward(2) Seatback recliner(3) Seat adjustment, height(4) Lumbar support(5) Cushion extension*(6) Headrest(7) Driver position memory system

Front passenger’s seat(8) Seat adjustment, forward / back-

ward(9) Seat adjustment, height*(10) Seatback recliner(11) Headrest

Rear seat(12) Armrest(13) Ski through(14) Headrest

* : if equipped

SEAT

OVG034001N

3 3


WARNING - Uprightingseat

Do not press the release leveron a manual seatback withoutholding and controlling theseatback. The seatback willspring upright possibly impact-ing you or other passengers.

WARNING - Looseobjects

Do not place anything in the dri-ver's foot well or under the frontseats. Loose objects in the dri-ver's foot area could interferewith the operation of the footpedals.

WARNING - Driver respon-sibility for passengers

The driver must advise the pas-senger to keep the seatback inan upright position wheneverthe vehicle is in motion. If a seatis reclined during an accident,the restraint system's ability torestrain will be greatly reduced.

WARNING- Seat cushionOccupants should never sit onaftermarket seat cushions orsitting cushions. The passen-ger's hips may slide under thelap portion of the seat belt dur-ing an accident or a suddenstop.

1KMN3662


43

Front seat adjustment - powerThe front seat can be adjusted byusing the control switch located onthe outside of the seat cushion.Before driving, adjust the seat to theproper position so as to easily con-trol the steering wheel, pedals andswitches on the instrument panel.

WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust the

seat while the vehicle is mov-ing. This could result in lossof control of your vehicle.

• Do not allow anything to inter-fere with the normal positionof the seatback. Storing itemsagainst the seatback couldresult in serious or fatal injuryin a sudden stop or collision.

• Sit as far back as possiblefrom the steering wheel whilestill maintaining comfortablecontrol of your vehicle. A dis-tance of at least 10" from yourchest to the steering wheel isrecommended. Failure to doso could result in air bag infla-tion injuries to the driver.

WARNING - Seat adjust-ment

• Do not adjust the seat whilewearing seat belts. Moving theseat forward will cause strongpressure on the abdomen.

• Do not place your hand nearthe seat bottom or seat trackwhile adjusting the seat. Yourhand could get caught in theseat mechanism.

WARNING - Small ObjectsUse extreme caution when pick-ing up small objects trappedunder the seats or between theseat and the center console.Your hands might be cut orinjured by the sharp edges ofthe seats mechanism.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

Do not leave children unattend-ed in the vehicle. Children mightoperate features of the vehiclethat could injure them.

3 5


When in operation, the power seatconsumes a large amount of electri-cal power. To prevent unnecessarycharging system drain, don’t adjustthe power seat longer than neces-sary while the engine is not running.

Forward and backward

Push the control switch forward orbackward to move the seat to thedesired position. Release the switchonce the seat reaches the desiredposition.

Seatback angle

Push the control switch forward orbackward to move the seatback tothe desired angle. Release theswitch once the seat reaches thedesired position.

OVG039006 OVG039007

CAUTION - Power seatadjustments

The power seating controlsfunction by electronic motor.Excessive operation may causedamage to the electrical equip-ment.

CAUTION - Power SeatingDo not operate two or morepower seat control switches atthe same time. Doing so maydamage the power seat motor orelectrical components.


63

Seat cushion height (if equipped)

Pull the front portion of the controlswitch up to raise or down to lowerthe front part of the seat cushion. Pullthe rear portion of the control switchup to raise or down to lower the rearpart of the seat cushion. Release theswitch once the seat reaches thedesired position.

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat)

The lumbar support can be adjustedby pressing the lumbar supportswitch on the side of the driver'sseat. Press the front portion of theswitch to increase support, or therear portion of the switch to decreasesupport.

Cushion extension (for driver's seat, if equipped)

Press the front portion of the switchto raise the cushion extension, or therear portion of the switch to lower it.Release the switch once the cushionextension reaches the desired posi-tion.

OVG039009OVG039008

OVG039010

3 7


Driver position memory system

A driver position memory system isprovided to store and recall the driv-er seat, outside rearview mirror andsteering wheel positions* with a sim-ple button operation. By saving thedesired positions into the systemmemory, different drivers can reposi-tion the driver seat, outside rearviewmirror and steering wheel basedupon their driving preference. If thebattery is disconnected, the positionmemory will be lost and the drivingpositions should be restored in thesystem.

* : for electric type only

Storing positions into memoryusing the buttons on the doorStoring driver’s seat positions

1. Shift the shift lever into P (Park)while the ignition switch is ON.

2. Adjust the driver seat, outsiderearview mirror and steering wheelto positions comfortable for thedriver.

3. Press M (Memory) button on thecontrol panel. The system willbeep once.

4. Press one of the memory buttons(1 or 2) within 5 seconds afterpressing the M (Memory) button.The system will beep twice whenmemory has been successfullystored.

5. "Driver 1(or 2) set is memorized"will appear on the instrument clus-ter LCD display.

OVG049034

WARNING Never attempt to operate thedriver position memory systemwhile the vehicle is moving.Thiscould result in loss of control,and an accident causing deathor serious injury.


83

Recalling positions from memory

1. The shift lever should be in P(Park) when :- The ignition switch is in ON or

engine is running.- It is less than 20 minutes after the

driver's door is opened with theignition switch in OFF or ACC.

- It is less than 30 seconds afterthe driver's door is closed withthe ignition switch in OFF orACC.

2. To recall the position in memory,press the desired memory button(1 or 2). The system will beeponce, then the driver seat, outsiderearview mirror and steeringwheel will automatically adjust tothe stored positions.

3. "Driver 1 (or 2) set is changed" willappear on the instrument clusterLCD display.

Adjusting the control switch for thedriver seat while the system is recall-ing the stored position will cause themovement to stop and move in thedirection that the control switch ismoved.Use caution when recalling adjust-ment memory while sitting in thevehicle. Push the seat position con-trol knob to the desired positionimmediately if the seat moves too farin any direction.

Easy access function With the shift lever in the P position,the system will move the driver's seatautomatically as follows:• It will move the driver’s seat rear-

ward when the engine start/stopbutton is turned to the OFF position.

• It will move the driver’s seat forwardwhen the engine start/stop button isturned to the ACC or START posi-tion.

You can activate or deactivate thisfeature. Refer to "User settings" inchapter 4.

Headrest (for front seat)

The driver's and front passenger'sseats are equipped with a headrestfor the occupant's safety and com-fort.The headrest not only provides com-fort for the driver and front passen-ger, but also helps protect the headand neck in the event of a collision.For maximum effectiveness in caseof an accident, the headrest shouldbe adjusted so the middle of theheadrest is at the same height of thecenter of gravity of an occupant'shead.

OMG038400

3 9


Generally, the center of gravity ofmost people's head is similar withthe height of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as close toyour head as possible.For this reason, the use of a cushionthat holds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

Forward and backward adjust-ment

The headrest may be adjusted forwardto 4 different positions by pulling theheadrest forward to the desireddetent.To adjust the headrest to it’s fullrearward position, pull it fully forwardto the farthest position and release it.Adjust the headrest so that it properlysupports the head and neck.

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower theheadrest, push and hold the releasebutton (2) on the headrest supportand lower the headrest to the desiredposition (3).

WARNING - Headrestremoval/adjustment

• Do not operate the vehiclewith the headrests removed.Headrests can provide criticalneck and head support in acrash.

• Do not adjust the headrestheight while the vehicle is inmotion. Driver may lose con-trol of the vehicle.

OVG039016

OVG039011

CAUTIONExcessive pulling or pushingmay damage the headrest.


103

✽✽ NOTICEIf you recline the seatback towardsthe front with the headrest and seatcushion raised, the headrest maycome in contact with the sunvisor orother parts of the vehicle.

Removal/Reinstallation

To remove the headrest:1. Recline the seatback (2) with the

recline switch (1).2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.3. Press the headrest release button

(3) while pulling the headrest up (4).

To reinstall the headrest :1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the

holes while pressing the releasebutton (1).

2. Recline the seatback (4) with therecline switch (3).

3. Adjust the headrest to the appro-priate height.

OVG033312

OVG033313

WARNING Always make sure the headrestlocks into position after rein-stalling and adjusting it properly.

WARNING - HeadrestReinstallation

To reduce the risk of injury to thehead or neck, always make surethe head rest is locked into posi-tion and adjusted properly afterreinstalling.

OYFH034205

3 11


Seatback pocket

The seatback pocket is provided onthe back of the front seatbacks.

Rear seat adjustmentHeadrest (for rear seat)

The rear seat is equipped with head-rests in all the seating positions for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor passengers, but also helps protectthe head and neck in the event of a col-lision. For maximum effectiveness incase of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middle of theheadrest is at the same height of thecenter of gravity of an occupant's head.Generally, the center of gravity of mostpeople's head is similar with the heightas the top of their eyes. Also adjust theheadrest as close to your head as pos-sible.For this reason, the use of a cush-ion that holds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

WARNING - Seatbackpocket

Do not put heavy or sharpobjects in the seatback pocket.An occupant could contact suchobjects in a crash. Heavy objectsin the front passenger seatbackcould also interfere with the airbag sensing system.

ONF039401OVG039017

OVG034017N

■ Type A

■ Type B


123

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower theheadrest, push and hold the releasebutton (2) on the headrest supportand lower the headrest to the desiredposition (3).

Removal and reinstallation

To remove the headrest, raise it as faras it can go then press the releasebutton (1) while pulling the headrestupward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put theheadrest poles (3) into the holes whilepressing the release button (1). Thenadjust it to the appropriate height andensure that it locks in position.

Armrest

To use the armrest, pull it forwardfrom the seatback.

OVG039018 OVG039019

OVG033311N

3 13


Seat belt restraint systemSeat belts are designed to bear uponthe bony structure of the body, andshould be worn low across the frontof the pelvis, chest and shoulders, asapplicable; wearing the lap section ofthe belt across the abdominal areamust be avoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protection forwhich they have been designed.A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the wearer.Care should be taken to avoid con-tamination of the webbing with pol-ishes, oils and chemicals, and partic-ularly battery acid. Cleaning maysafely be carried out using mild soapand water. The belt should bereplaced if webbing becomes frayed,contaminated or damaged.

• For maximum restraint system pro-tection, the seat belts must alwaysbe used whenever the vehicle ismoving. A properly positionedshoulder belt should be positionedmidway over your shoulder acrossyour collarbone.

• Never allow children to ride in thefront passenger seat. See childrestraint system section for furtherdiscussion.

SEAT BELTS

WARNING - Shoulder belt• Never wear the shoulder belt

under your arm or behindyour back. An improperlypositioned shoulder belt can-not protect the occupant in acrash.

• Always wear both the shoul-der portion and lap portion ofthe lap/shoulder belt.

WARNING - Damagedseat belt

Replace the entire seat beltassembly if any part of the web-bing or hardware is damaged asyou can no longer be sure that adamaged seat belt will provideprotection in a crash.

WARNING - Twisted seatbelt

Make sure your seat belt is nottwisted when worn. A twistedseat belt may not properly pro-tect you in an accident andcould even cut into your body.

WARNING - Seat belt buckle

Do not allow foreign material(gum, crumbs, coins, etc.) toobstruct the seat belt buckle.This may prevent the seat beltfrom fastening securely.


143

Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat)

The driver's seat belt warning lightand chime will activate to the follow-ing table when the ignition switch isin "ON" position. *1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times

with an interval of 24 seconds. Ifthe driver's seat belt is buckled, thelight will stop within 6 seconds andchime will stop immediately.

*2 The light will stop within 6 secondsand chime will stop immediately.

Seat belt warning (for front passenger’s seat)

The front passenger's seat beltwarning light will activate to the fol-lowing table when the ignition switchis in "ON" position.

1GQA2083 OVG033309N

Conditions Warning Pattern

Seat BeltVehicle

SpeedLight-Blink

Chime-

Sound

Unbuckled 6 seconds

Buckled 6 seconds None

Buckled →Unbuckled

Below 5 km/h

(3 mph)6 seconds None

5 km/h~

10 km/h6 seconds

Above 10 km/h

(6 mph)

6 sec. on / 24 sec. off

(11 times)

Unbuckled

Above 10 km/h

(6 mph)

↓

Below 5 km/h

(3 mph)

6 seconds *1

↓

Stop *2

3 15


*1 The seat belt warning light will gooff if the vehicle speed decreasesbelow 5 km/h (3 mph). If the vehi-cle speed increases above 5 km/h(3 mph), the warning light will blinkagain.

Riding in an improper positionadversely affects the front passen-ger's seat belt warning system. It isimportant for the driver to instruct thepassenger as to the proper seatinginstructions as contained in thismanual.• You can find the front passenger's

seat belt warning light on the cen-ter fascia panel.

• Although the front passenger seatis not occupied, the seat belt warn-ing light will blink for 6 seconds.

• The seat belt warning light canblink when a briefcase or purse isplaced on the front passengerseat.

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point systemwith emergency locking retractor

To fasten your seat belt:

To fasten your seat belt, pull it out ofthe retractor and insert the metal tab(1) into the buckle (2). There will bean audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts tothe proper length only after the lapbelt portion is adjusted manually sothat it fits snugly around your hips. Ifyou lean forward in a slow, easymotion, the belt will extend and letyou move around. If there is a sud-den stop or impact, however, the beltwill lock into position.

Conditions Warning Pattern

Seat BeltVehicle

SpeedLight-Blink

Unbuckled 6 seconds

UnbuckledAbove 10 km/h

(6mph)Continuously

Buckled 6 seconds

Buckled →Unbuckled

Above 10 km/h(6mph)

Continuously *1

Below 10 km/h

(6mph)None

B180A01NF-1


163

It will also lock if you try to lean for-ward too quickly.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you are unable to pull out the seatbelt from the retractor, firmly pullthe belt out and release it. Then youwill be able to pull the belt outsmoothly.

Height adjustment

You can adjust the height of theshoulder belt anchor to one of the 4positions for maximum comfort andsafety.The height of the adjusting seat beltshould not be too close to your neck.The shoulder portion should beadjusted so that it lies across yourchest and midway over your shouldernearest the door and not your neck.To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the heightadjuster into an appropriate position.

To raise the height adjuster, pull it up(1). To lower it, push it down (3) whilepressing the height adjuster button(2).Release the button to lock theanchor into position. Try sliding theheight adjuster to make sure that ithas locked into position.

WARNING - Shoulder beltpositioning

Never position the shoulder beltacross your neck or face.

WARNING - Seat beltreplacement

Replace your seat belts afterbeing in an accident. Failure toreplace seat belts after an acci-dent could leave you with dam-aged seat belts that will not pro-vide protection in the event ofanother collision.

OMG035038

3 17


You should place the lap belt portionas low as possible and snugly acrossyour hips. If the lap belt is located toohigh on your waist, it may increasethe chance of injury in the event of acollision.The arm closest to the seat beltbuckle should be over the belt whilethe other arm should be under thebelt as shown in the illustration.

Seat belts - Front passenger andrear seat 3-point system withcombination locking retractorTo fasten your seat belt

Combination retractor type seat beltsare installed in the rear seat posi-tions to help accommodate theinstallation of child restraint systems.Although a combination retractor isalso installed in the front passengerseat position, it is strongly recom-mended that children always beseated in the rear seat. NEVERplace an infant restraint system inthe front seat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines thefeatures of both an emergency lock-ing retractor seat belt and an auto-matic locking retractor seat belt. Tofasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab intothe buckle. There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into thebuckle. When not securing a childrestraint, the seat belt operates in thesame way as the driver's seat belt(Emergency Locking RetractorType).

It automatically adjusts to the properlength only after the lap belt portionof the seat belt is adjusted manuallyso that it fits snugly around your hips.When the seat belt is fully extendedfrom the retractor to allow the instal-lation of a child restraint system, theseat belt operation changes to allowthe belt to retract, but not to extend(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).Refer to “Using a child restraint sys-tem” in this chapter.To convert from the automatic lock-ing feature to the emergency lockingoperation mode, allow the unbuckledseat belt to fully retract.

B200A01NF


183

When using the rear center seat belt,the buckle with the “CENTER” markmust be used.

To release the seat belt

The seat belt is released by pressingthe release button (1) of the lockingbuckle. When it is released, the beltshould automatically draw back intothe retractor.If this does not happen, check thebelt to be sure it is not twisted, thentry again.

Pre-tensioner seat belt

Your vehicle is equipped with driver'sand front passenger's pre-tensionerseat belts (retractor pretensioner andEFD (Emergency Fastening Device).The pre-tensioner seat belts may beactivated, when a frontal collision issevere enough, together with the airbags.When the vehicle stops suddenly, orif the occupant tries to lean forwardtoo quickly, the seat belt retractormay lock into position. In certainfrontal collisions, the pre-tensionerwill activate and pull the seat belt intotighter contact against the occu-pant's body.

B210A01NF-1OBH038023N

OXMA033101

3 19


(1) Retractor PretensionerThe purpose of the retractor pre-tensioner is to make sure that theshoulder belts fit in tightly againstthe occupant's upper body in cer-tain frontal collisions.

(2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)The purpose of the EFD is tomake sure that the pelvis belts fitin tightly against the occupant'slower body in certain frontal colli-sions.

If the system senses excessive ten-sion on the driver or passenger'sseat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-tem activates, the load limiter insidethe retractor pre-tensioner will releasesome of the pressure on the affectedseat belt.

The seat belt pre-tensioner systemconsists mainly of the following com-ponents.Their locations are shown inthe illustration:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module4. Emergency fastening device (EFD)

To obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seat belt must be worn cor-

rectly and adjusted to the properposition. Please read and follow allof the important information andprecautions about your vehicle’soccupant safety features – includ-ing seat belts and air bags – thatare provided in this manual.

2. Be sure you and your passengersalways wear seat belts properly.ODMESA2024


203

✽✽ NOTICE• Both the driver's and front pas-

senger's seat belt pre-tensionersystem may be activated not onlyin certain frontal collision but alsoin certain side collision or rollover,if the vehicle is equipped with aside or curtain air bag.

• When the pre-tensioner seat beltsare activated, a loud noise may beheard and fine dust, which mayappear to be smoke, may be visiblein the passenger compartment.These are normal operating condi-tions and are not hazardous.

• Because the sensor that activatesthe SRS air bag is connected withthe pre-tensioner seat belt, theSRS air bag warning light onthe instrument panel will illumi-nate for approximately 6 secondsafter the ignition switch has beenturned to the ON position, andthen it should turn off.

If the pre-tensioner seat belt systemare not working properly, this warn-ing light will illuminate even if there isno malfunction of the SRS air bag. Ifthe SRS air bag warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignitionswitch is turned ON, or if it remainsilluminated after illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds, or if it illu-minates while the vehicle is beingdriven, have an authorized KiaPremium dealer inspect the pre-ten-sioner seat belt and SRS air bag sys-tem as soon as possible.

• Pre-tensioners are designed tooperate only one time. After activa-tion, pre-tensioner seat belts mustbe replaced. All seat belts, of anytype, should always be replacedafter they have been worn during acollision.

• The pre-tensioner seat belt assem-bly mechanisms become hot dur-ing activation. Do not touch thepre-tensioner seat belt assembliesfor several minutes after they havebeen activated.

• Do not strike the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies.

WARNING - Hot pre-tesioner

Do not touch the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies for severalminutes after they have beenactivated. When the pre-ten-sioner seat belt mechanismfires during a collision the pre-tensioner becomes hot and canburn you.

WARNING - Skin irritationWash all exposed skin areasthoroughly after an accident inwhich the pre-tensioner seatbelts were activated. The finedust from the pre-tensioneractivation may cause skin irrita-tion and should not be breathedfor prolonged periods.

3 21


Seat belt precautionsInfant or small childYou should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat.For more information about the useof these restraints, refer to “Childrestraint system” in this chapter.

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occu-py the rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portionshould be fastened snug on the hipsand as low as possible. Periodicallycheck belt fit. A child's squirming couldput the belt out of position. Childrenare given the most safety in the eventof an accident when they arerestrained by a proper restraint systemin the rear seat. If a larger child (overage 12) must be seated in the frontseat, the child should be securelyrestrained by the available lap/shoul-der belt and the seat should be placedin the rearmost position. Children age12 and under should be restrainedsecurely in the rear seat. NEVERplace a child age 12 and under in thefront seat. NEVER place a rear facingchild seat in the front seat of a vehicle.If the shoulder belt portion slightlytouches the child’s neck or face, tryplacing the child closer to the center ofthe vehicle. If the shoulder belt stilltouches their face or neck they need tobe returned to a child restraint system.

WARNING - Small childrenDo not allow small children toride in the vehicle without anappropriate Child RestraintSystem. If the shoulder beltcomes in contact with yourchild's neck or face, your childis too small to ride in the front ofthe vehicle without a CRS andwill cause injury to your child'sneck, throat and face.


223

Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wearlap/shoulder belt assemblies when-ever possible according to specificrecommendations by their doctors.The lap portion of the belt should beworn AS SNUGLY AND LOW ASPOSSIBLE on the hips, not acrossthe abdomen.

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you shouldconsult a physician for recommenda-tions.

One person per beltTwo people (including children)should never attempt to use a singleseat belt. This could increase theseverity of injuries in case of an acci-dent.

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achievemaximum effectiveness of therestraint system, all passengersshould be sitting up and the frontseats should be in an upright positionwhen the vehicle is moving. A seatbelt cannot provide proper protectionif the person is lying down in the rearseat or if the front seat is in a reclinedposition.

Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never bedisassembled or modified. In addi-tion, care should be taken to assurethat seat belts and belt hardware arenot damaged by seat hinges, doorsor other abuse.

WARNING - Pregnantwomen

Pregnant women must neverplace the lap portion of the seatbelt above or on the abdomenwhere the fetus is located. Theforce of the seat belt during acollision will crush the fetus.

WARNING - Pinched Seatbelts

Make sure that the webbingand/or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rearseat when returning the rearseatback to its upright position.A caught or pinchedwebbing/buckle may becomedamaged and could fail during acollision or sudden stop.

3 23


Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspectedperiodically for wear or damage ofany kind. Any damaged parts shouldbe replaced as soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean anddry. If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solu-tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,strong detergents or abrasivesshould not be used because theymay damage and weaken the fabric.

When to replace seat beltsThe entire in-use seat belt assemblyor assemblies should be replaced ifthe vehicle has been involved in anaccident. This should be done even ifno damage is visible. Additionalquestions concerning seat belt oper-ation should be directed to anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.


243

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMChildren riding in the car should sit inthe rear seat and must always beproperly restrained to minimize therisk of injury in an accident, suddenstop or sudden maneuver. Accordingto accident statistics, children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seats than in the front seat.Larger children who are not in a childrestraint should use one of the seatbelts provided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant safety seats must beproperly placed and installed in therear seat. You must use a commer-cially available child restraint systemthat meets the requirements of thesafety standards of your country.Child restraint systems are designedto be secured in vehicle seats by thelap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt,or by a tether anchor and/or LATCHanchors (if equipped).

Children could be injured or killed ina crash if their restraints are notproperly secured. For small childrenand babies, a child seat or infant seatmust be used. Before buying a par-ticular child restraint system, makesure it fits your car seat and seatbelts, and fits your child. Follow allthe instructions provided by the man-ufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

When the child restraint system is notin use, store it in the luggage area orfasten it with a seat belt so that it willnot be thrown forward in case of asudden stop or an accident.

WARNING- Restraint location

Never install a child or infant seaton the front passenger's seat.A child riding in the front pas-senger seat can be forcefullystruck by an inflating air bag.

WARNING- Hot childrestraint

A child restraint system canbecome very hot if it is left in aclosed vehicle on a sunny day.Be sure to check the seat cover,buckles and latches beforeplacing a child in the restraintsystem.

3 25


Using a child restraint system

For small children and babies, theuse of a child seat or infant seat isrequired. This child seat or infantseat should be of appropriate size forthe child and should be installed inaccordance with the manufacturer'sinstructions.

WARNING - Holding children

Never hold a child in your armsor lap when riding in a vehicle.The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the childfrom your arms and throw thechild against the car’s interior.Always use a child restraintsystem which is appropriate foryour child's height and weight.

WARNING - Seat belt useDo not use one seat belt for twooccupants at the same time.This will eliminate any safetybenefit provided by the seat beltto the occupants.

CRS09

OTQ037038

Rear- facing child restraint system

Forward-facing child restraint system

WARNING - UnattendedChildren

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle. The vehicle can heatup very quickly, resulting ininjuries to the child in the vehicle.


263

For safety reasons, we recommendthat the child restraint system beused in the rear seats.Since all passenger seat belts movefreely under normal conditions andonly lock under extreme or emer-gency conditions (emergency lockmode), you must manually changethese seat belts to the auto lockmode to secure a child restraint.If the seat belt does not operate asdescribed in this section, have thesystem checked immediately by yourauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle headrest preventsproper installation of a child seat (asdescribed in the child seat systemmanual), the headrest of the respec-tive seating position shall be read-justed or entirely removed.

Placing a passenger seat beltinto the auto lock mode

The auto lock mode will help preventthe normal movement of the child inthe vehicle from causing the seat beltto loosen and compromise the childrestraint system. To secure a childrestraint system, use the followingprocedure.

WARNING - Child seatinstallation

• Always follow the instructionsprovided by the child restraintsystem manufacturer. Childrestraint system manufactur-ers know their products best.

• Failure to observe this manu-al's instructions regardingchild restraint system and theinstructions provided with thechild restraint system couldresult in the improper installa-tion of the child restraint sys-tem which may reduce theprotection to your child in acrash or a sudden stop.

E2MS103005

3 27


To install a child restraint system onthe outboard or center rear seats, dothe following:1. Place the child restraint system in

the seat and route the lap/shoul-der belt around or through therestraint, following the restraintmanufacturer’s instructions. Besure the seat belt webbing is nottwisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latchinto the buckle. Listen for the dis-tinct “click” sound.

Position the release button so that itis easy to access in case of an emer-gency.

3. Pull the shoulder portion of theseat belt all the way out. When theshoulder portion of the seat belt isfully extended, it will shift theretractor to the “Auto Lock” (childrestraint) mode.

4. Slowly allow the shoulder portionof the seat belt to retract and listenfor an audible “clicking” or “ratchet-ing” sound. This indicates that theretractor is in the “Auto Lock”mode. If no distinct sound isheard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

OEN036101 OEN036102 OEN036103


283

5. Remove as much slack from thebelt as possible by pushing downon the child restraint system whilefeeding the shoulder belt back intothe retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seatbelt is holding it firmly in place. If itis not, release the seat belt andrepeat steps 2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor isin the “Auto Lock” mode byattempting to pull more of the seatbelt out of the retractor. If you can-not, the retractor is in the “AutoLock” mode.

The lap/shoulder belt automaticallyreturns to the “emergency lockmode” whenever the belt is allowedto retract fully.Therefore, the preceding sevensteps must be followed each time achild restraint is installed.To remove the child restraint, pressthe release button on the buckle andthen pull the lap/shoulder belt out ofthe restraint and allow the seat beltto retract fully.

Securing a child restraint seatwith tether anchorage system

Child restraint hook holders arelocated on the package tray.

OEN036104

WARNING - Auto lockmode

Set the retractor to AutomaticLock mode when installing anychild restraint system.If the retractor is not in the AutoLock mode, the child restraintcan move when your vehicleturns or stops suddenly.

OVG033030N

3 29


1.Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable head-rests, route the tether strap underthe headrest and between theheadrest posts, otherwise routethe tether strap over the top of theseatback. In case of interferencebetween the child restraint seatand the headrest remove the par-ticular head restraint for better fit-ment of the child restraint seat.

2. Connect the tether strap hook tothe appropriate child restrainthook holder and tighten to securethe child restraint seat.

Check that the child restraint systemis secure by pushing and pulling it indifferent directions. Incorrectly fittedchild restraints may swing, twist, tipor separate causing death or seriousinjury.

Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower anchor system

Some child seat manufacturersmake child restraint seats that arelabeled as LATCH or LATCH-com-patible child restraint seats. LATCHstands for "Lower Anchors andTethers for Children". These seatsinclude two rigid or webbing mount-ed attachments that connect to twoLATCH anchors at specific seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type ofchild restraint seat eliminates theneed to use seat belts to attach thechild seat in the rear seats.

WARNING - Tether strapNever mount more than onechild restraint to a single tetheror to a single lower anchoragepoint. The increased loadcaused by multiple seats maycause the tethers or anchoragepoints to break.

B230D01NF

OVG033031


303

Child restraint symbols are locatedon the left and right rear seat backsto indicate the position of the loweranchors for child restraints.

LATCH anchors have been providedin your vehicle. The LATCH anchorsare located in the left and right out-board rear seating positions. Theirlocations are shown in the illustra-tion. There is no LATCH anchor pro-vided for the center rear seatingposition.The LATCH anchors are locatedbetween the seatback and the seatcushion of the rear seat left and rightoutboard seating positions.When you install your child's restraintsystem using the LATCH anchorsbuckle the shoulder lap belt, thenlock the retractor and pull the belt toremove the slack in the belt so it liesflat against the vehicle seat.Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with LATCH orLATCH-compatible attachments.Once you have installed the LATCHchild restraint, assure that the seat isproperly attached to the LATCH andtether anchors.

Also, test the child restraint seatbefore you place the child in it. Tiltthe seat from side to side. Also try totug the seat forward. Check to see ifthe anchors hold the seat in place.

WARNING - Unused rearseatbelts

Always fasten the seatbeltsbehind the child restraint seatwhen they are not used tosecure the child seat. Failure todo so may result in child stran-gulation.

OVG039032

Lower Anchor

Lower AnchorPosition Indicator

WARNING - LATCH loweranchors

Never attempt to attach aLATCH equipped seat in thecenter seating position. LATCHlower anchors are only to beused with the left and right rearoutboard seating positions. Youmay damage the anchors or theanchors may fail and break in acollision.

3 31


(1) Driver’s front air bag(2) Passenger’s front air bag(3) Side air bag(4) Curtain air bag

Even in vehicles with air bags, youand your passengers must alwayswear the safety belts provided inorder to minimize the risk and sever-ity of injury in the event of a collisionor rollover.

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

OVG033033

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.


323

How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able to

inflate if necessary) only when theignition switch is turned to the ONor START the appropriate position.

• Air bags inflate instantly in theevent of serious frontal or side col-lision (if equipped with side air bagor curtain air bag) in order to helpprotect the occupants from seriousphysical injury.

• There is no single speed at whichthe air bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate based upon the severity of acollision and its direction. Thesetwo factors determine whether thesensors produce an electronicdeployment/ inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of complex factors includ-ing vehicle speed, angles of impactand the density and stiffness of thevehicles or objects which yourvehicle hits in the collision.Though,factors are not limited to thosementioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.It is virtually impossible for you tosee the air bags inflate during anaccident. It is much more likely thatyou will simply see the deflated airbags hanging out of their storagecompartments after the collision.

• In order to help provide protectionin a severe collision, the air bagsmust inflate rapidly. The speed ofair bag inflation is a consequenceof extremely short time in which acollision occurs and the need toget the air bag between the occu-pant and the vehicle structuresbefore the occupant impacts thosestructures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe col-lision and is thus a necessary partof air bag design.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which can includefacial abrasions, bruises and bro-ken bones because the inflationspeed also causes the air bags toexpand with a great deal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with thesteering wheel air bag can causefatal injuries, especially if theoccupant is positioned exces-sively close to the steeringwheel.

WARNING - AirbagInflation

Sit as far back as possible fromthe steering wheel while stillmaintaining comfortable con-trol of the your vehicle. A dis-tance of at least 25cm (10")from your chest to the steeringwheel is recommended. Failureto do so can result in airbaginflation injuries to the driver.

3 33


Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they makea loud noise and they leave smokeand powder in the air inside of thevehicle. This is normal and is a resultof the ignition of the air bag inflator.After the air bag inflates, you mayfeel substantial discomfort in breath-ing due to the contact of your chestto both the seat belt and the air bag,as well as from breathing the smokeand powder. Open your doorsand/or windows as soon as possi-ble after the impact in order toreduce discomfort and preventprolonged exposure to smoke andpowder.Though smoke and powder are non-toxic,They may cause irritation to theskin (eyes,nose and throat, etc). Ifthis is the case, wash and rinse withcold water immediately and consult adoctor if the symptom persists.

Installing a child restraint on afront passenger’s seat is forbidden

Never place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passenger’sseat. If the air bag deploys, it wouldimpact the rear-facing child restraint,causing serious or fatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facingchild restraint in the front passen-ger’s seat either. If the front passen-ger air bag inflates, it would causeserious or fatal injuries to the child.

1JBH3051

WARNING- Hot components

Do not touch the air bag storagearea's internal componentsimmediately after air bag infla-tion. The air bag related parts inthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel and the roof rails abovethe front and rear doors arevery hot. Hot components canresult in burn injuries.


343

Air bag warning light

The purpose of the air bag warninglight in your instrument panel is toalert you of a potential problem withyour air bag - SupplementalRestraint System (SRS).

When the ignition switch is turnedON, the indicator light should illumi-nate for approximately 6 seconds,then go off.Have the system checked by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer if:• The light does not turn on briefly

when you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating

for approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehi-

cle is in motion.W7-147

WARNING - Air bagdeployment

When children are seated in therear outboard seats of a vehicleequipped with side and/or cur-tain air bags, install the childrestraint system as far awayfrom the door side as possible.Inflation of the side and/or cur-tain air bags could impact thechild.

3 35


SRS components and functions

The SRS consists of the followingcomponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Passenger's front air bag module3. Side air bag modules4. Curtain air bag modules5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies6. Air bag warning light7. SRS control module (SRSCM)8. Front impact sensors9. Side impact sensors

10. PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator (Front passenger’s seatonly)

11. Occupant detection system (Front passenger’s seat only)

12. Driver’s and front passenger’sseat belt buckle sensors

13. Anchor pre-tensioner assembly

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to requireair bag deployment or pre-tensionerseat belt deployment.The SRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate forabout 6 seconds after the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position,after which the air bag warning lightshould go out.

If any of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionof the SRS. Have an authorized KiaPremium dealer inspect the air bagsystem as soon as possible.• The light does not turn on briefly

when you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating

for approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehi-

cle is in motion.

OBH038079L

,

,


363

The air bag modules are locatedboth in the center of the steeringwheel and in the front passenger'spanel above the glove box. When theSRSCM detects a sufficiently severeimpact to the front of the vehicle, itwill automatically deploy the front airbags.

Upon deployment, tear seams mold-ed directly into the pad covers willseparate under pressure from theexpansion of the air bags. Furtheropening of the covers then allows fullinflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combina-tion with a properly worn seat belt,slows the driver's or the passenger'sforward motion, reducing the risk ofhead and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating,enabling the driver to maintain for-ward visibility and the ability to steeror operate other controls.

B240B02L

Driver’s front air bag (2)

B240B03L


B240B01L


3 37


✽✽ NOTICEBefore you replace a fuse or discon-nect a battery terminal, turn theignition switch to the LOCK posi-tion and remove the ignition key.Never remove or replace the air bagrelated fuse(s) when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position. Failureto heed this warning will cause theSRS air bag warning light to illumi-nate.

Occupant detection system

Your vehicle is equipped with anoccupant detection system in thefront passenger's seat.The occupant detection system isdesigned to detect the presence of aproperly-seated front passenger anddetermine if the passenger's front airbag should be enabled (may inflate)or not. The driver's front air bag is notaffected or controlled by the occu-pant detection system.

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag

WARNING - Air bagobstructions

Do not install or place anyaccessories on the steeringwheel, instrument panel, or onthe front passenger's panelabove the glove box in a vehicleSuch objects may become dan-gerous projectiles if the air bagdeploys.

OVG034308NWARNING - Flyingobjects

Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles if the sideairbag inflates.


383

Main components of occupantdetection system• A detection device located within

the front passenger seat track.• Electronic system to determine

whether passenger air bag sys-tems should be activated or deac-tivated.

• An indicator light located on theinstrument panel which illuminatesthe words PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicating the front passen-ger air bag system is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag warn-ing light is interconnected with theoccupant detection system.

If the front passenger seat is occu-pied by a person that the systemdetermines to be of adult size, andhe/she sits properly (sitting uprightwith the seatback in an upright posi-tion, centered on the seat cushionwith their seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet on thefloor), the PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator will turn off and thefront passenger's air bag will be ableto inflate, if necessary, in frontalcrashes.You will find the PASSENGER AIRBAG “OFF” indicator on the centerfacia panel. This system detects theconditions 1~4 in the following tableand activates or deactivates the frontpassenger air bag based on theseconditions.Always be sure that you and all vehi-cle occupants are seated andrestrained properly (sitting uprightwith the seat in an upright position,centered on the seat cushion, withthe person’s legs comfortablyextended, feet on the floor, and wear-ing the safety belt properly) for themost effective protection by the airbag and the safety belt.

• The ODS (Occupant DetectionSystem) may not function properly ifthe passenger takes actions whichcan defeat the detection system.These include:

(1) Failing to sit in an upright posi-tion.

(2) Leaning against the door or cen-ter console.

(3) Sitting towards the sides or thefront of the seat.

(4) Putting legs on the dashboard orresting them on other locationswhich reduce the passengerweight on the front seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safetybelt.

(6) Reclining the seat back.(7) Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear

or hip protection wear.(8) Put on the seat an additional

thick cushion.

3 39


WARNING - ODS systemRiding in an improper positionadversely affects the occupantdetection system (ODS) andmay result in the deactivation offront passenger air bag. It isimportant for the driver toinstruct the passenger as to theproper seating instructions ascontained in this manual.

(Continued)

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detectionsystem

*1) The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smalleradult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/heras a child depending on his/her physique and posture.

*2) Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a smallerchild than the same age sits in the front passenger seat, the system mayrecognize him/her as an infant depending on his/her physique or posture.

*3) Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.*4) The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a

child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint sys-tem) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.

Condition detected by the occupantdetection system

1. Adult *1 or child age 13 and up*2

2. Infant or child restraint system

with 12 months old*3 *4

3. Unoccupied

4. Malfunction in the system

Off

On

On

Off

Off

Off

Off

On

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

Activated

PASSENGER AIRBAG “OFF” indica-

tor light

SRS warninglight

Front passengerair bag

Indicator/Warning light Devices

✽✽ NOTICEDo not modify or replace the front passenger seat. Don't place anything on orattach anything such as a blanket, front seat cover or aftermarket seat heater tothe front passenger seat. This can adversely affect the occupant detection system.


403

1KMN3663

1KMN3664

1KMN3665

- Never sit with the hips shiftedtowards the front of the seat.

- Never lean on the door or cen-ter console.

- Never sit on one side of thefront passenger seat.

- Never place the feet on thedashboard.

OVQ036013N

1KMN3662

- Never put a heavy load, anactive electronic device orblanket in the front passengerseat or seatback pocket.

- Never excessively recline thefront passenger seatback.OVQ036014N

- Never place the feet on thefront passenger seatback.

(Continued)

3 41


When an adult is seated in the frontpassenger seat, if the PASSENGERAIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCK posi-tion and ask the passenger to sitproperly (sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position, centeredon the seat cushion with their seatbelt on, legs comfortably extendedand their feet on the floor). Restartthe engine and have the personremain in that position. This will allowthe system to detect the person andto enable the passenger air bag.If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator is still on, ask the passen-ger to move to the rear seat.

✽✽ NOTICEThe PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-onds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position or afterthe engine is started. If the frontpassenger seat is occupied, the occu-pant detection sensor will then clas-sify the front passenger after severalmore seconds.

B990A01O

WARNING - “AIR BAGOFF” light

Do not allow an adult passengerto ride in the front seat when thePASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator is illuminated, becausethe air bag will not deploy in theevent of a crash. The driver mustinstruct the passenger to reposi-tion himself in the seat. Failureto properly position yourselfmay lead to air bag deactivationresulting in air bag non-deploy-ment in a collision. If the PAS-SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indica-tor remains illuminated after thepassenger repositions them-selves properly and the car isrestarted, it is recommendedthat passenger move to the rearseat because the passenger'sfront air bag will not deploy.


423

✽✽ NOTICEAir bags can only be used once -have an authorized Kia dealerreplace the air bag immediatelyafter deployment.

Any child age 12 and under shouldride in the rear seat. Children toolarge for child restraints should usethe available lap/shoulder belts. Nomatter what type of crash, children ofall ages are safer when restrained inthe rear seat.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not modify or replace the frontpassenger seat. Don't place anythingon or attach anything such as a blan-ket, front seat covers or after marketseat heater to the front passengerseat. This can adversely affect theoccupant detection system.

If the occupant detection system isnot working properly, the SRS air bagwarning light on the instrumentpanel will illuminate because the pas-senger's front air bag is connectedwith the occupant detection system. Ifthere is a malfunction of the occupantdetection system, the PASSENGERAIR BAG “OFF” indicator will not illu-minate and the passenger's front airbag will inflate in frontal impact crash-es even if there is no occupant in thefront passenger's seat.

WARNING - ODSInterference

• Do not place a heavy load oran active electronic device (ex.laptop computer, after marketDMB/navigat ion/sate l l i teaudio, video game machine,MP3, etc.) in the front passen-ger seatback pocket or on thefront passenger seat.

• Do not hang onto the frontpassenger seat.

• Do not hang any items such asseatback table on the frontpassenger seatback.

• Do not place feet on the frontpassenger seatback.

• Do not place any items underthe front passenger seat.

• Do not place sharp objects onthe front passenger seat.These may damage the occu-pant detection system, if theypuncture the seat cushion.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not spill any liquids on the

seat.Any of the above could interferewith the proper operation of theODS sensor thereby increasingthe risk of an injury in an acci-dent.

3 43


Driver's and passenger's frontair bag

Your vehicle is equipped with anAdvanced Supplemental Restraint(Air Bag) System and lap/shoulderbelts at both the driver and passen-ger seating position.

The indications of the system's pres-ence are the letters "AIR BAG"embossed on the air bag pad coverin the steering wheel and the pas-senger's side front panel pad abovethe glove box.

The SRS consists of air bagsinstalled under the pad covers in thecenter of the steering wheel and thepassenger's side front panel abovethe glove box.The purpose of the SRS is to providethe vehicle's driver and/or the frontpassenger with additional protectionthan that offered by the seat belt sys-tem alone in case of a frontal impactof sufficient severity. The SRS usessensors to gather information aboutthe driver's seat position, the driver'sand front passenger's seat beltusage and impact severity.

The advanced SRS offers the abilityto control the air bag inflation withtwo levels. A first stage level is pro-vided for moderate-severity impacts.A second stage level is provided formore severe impacts.

The passenger’s front air bag isdesigned to help reduce the injury ofchildren sitting close to the instru-ment panel in low speed collisions.However, children are safer if theyare restraint in the rear seat.

OVG033020

Driver’s front air bag

OVG033021

Passenger’s front air bag

CAUTION - Seat TrackSensor

Do not place any objects under-neath the front seats as theycould damage the seat trackposition sensor or interfere withthe occupant detection system.


443

According to the impact severity,seating position and seat belt usage,the SRSCM (SRS Control Module)controls the air bag inflation. Failureto properly wear seat belts canincrease the risk or severity of injuryin an accident.

Additionally, your vehicle is equippedwith an occupant detection system inthe front passenger's seat. The occu-pant detection system detects thepresence of a passenger in the frontpassenger's seat and will turn off thefront passenger's air bag under cer-tain conditions. For more detail, see"Occupant detection system" in thissection.Do not place any objects that maycause magnetic fields near the frontseat.These may cause a malfunctionof the seat track position sensor.

Manufacturers are required by gov-ernment regulations to provide acontact point concerning modifica-tions to the vehicle for persons withdisabilities, which modifications mayaffect the vehicle’s advanced air bagsystem. However, Kia does notendorse nor will it support anychanges to any part or structure ofthe vehicle that could affect theadvanced air bag system, includingthe occupant detection system.

Advanced air bags are combined withpre-tensioner seat belts to help provideenhanced occupant protection infrontal crashes. Front air bags are notintended to deploy in collisions in whichsufficient protection can be provided bythe pre-tensioner seat belt alone.

Front air bags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-impact orrollover crashes. In addition, front airbags will not deploy in frontal crash-es below the deployment threshold.

WARNING - SRS WiringDo not tamper with or discon-nect SRS wiring or other com-ponents of the SRS system.Doing so could result in injury,due to accidental deployment ofthe air bags or by rendering theSRS inoperative.

WARNING - Replacement /Modifications

The front passenger seat, dash-board or door should not bereplaced except by an author-ized Kia Premium dealer usingoriginal Kia parts designed forthis vehicle and model. Anyother such replacement or mod-ification could adversely affectthe operation of the occupantdetection system and youradvanced air bags.

WARNING - ModificationsModification to the seat struc-ture can cause the air bag todeploy at a different level thanshould be provided.

3 45


Side air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a sideair bag in each front and outboardrear seat.The purpose of the air bag is to pro-vide the vehicle's driver and/or thefront and outboard rear passengerwith additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt alone.The side air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side-impact collisions, depending on thecrash severity, angle, speed andpoint of impact. The side air bags arenot designed to deploy in all sideimpact situations.The side air bag is supplemental tothe driver's and the passenger's seatbelt systems and is not a substitutefor them. Therefore your seat beltsmust be worn at all times while thevehicle is in operation.

WARNING - Unexpecteddeployment

Avoid impact to the side air bagsensor when the ignition switchis ON to prevent unexpecteddeployment of the side air bag.

1JBB3520

1JBA3514

1JBA3522

Side impact

Rear impact

Rollover

OVG039022

OVG039034

OVG039035

Rear (if equipped)

Front

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.


463

For best protection from the side airbag system and to avoid beinginjured by the deploying side air bag,both front seat occupants should sitin an upright position with the seatbelt properly fastened. The driver'shands should be placed on the steer-ing wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00 posi-tions. The passenger's arms andhands should be placed on their laps.

If seat or seat cover is damaged,have the vehicle checked andrepaired by an authorized KiaPremium dealer. Inform that yourvehicle is equipped with side air bagsand an occupant detection system.

Curtain air bag

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.

Curtain air bags are located alongboth sides of the roof rails above thefront and rear doors.

WARNING - DeploymentDo not install any accessoriesincluding seat covers, on theside or near the side air bag asthis may affect the deploymentof the side air bags.

WARNING - Flyingobjects

Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles if the side airbag inflates.

OVG039036

OVG039037

3 47


They are designed to help protectthe heads of the front seat occupantsand the rear outboard seat occu-pants in certain side impact colli-sions.The curtain air bags are designed todeploy only during certain sideimpact collisions, depending on thecrash severity, angle, speed andimpact. The curtain air bags are notdesigned to deploy in all side impactsituations, collisions from the front orrear of the vehicle or in most rolloversituations.Do not allow the passengers to leantheir heads or bodies onto doors, puttheir arms on the doors, stretch theirarms out of the window, or placeobjects between the doors and pas-sengers when they are seated onseats equipped with side and/or cur-tain air bags.

✽✽ NOTICENever try to open or repair any com-ponents of the side curtain air bagsystem. This should only be done byan authorized Kia Premium dealer.


483

Why didn’t my air bag go off ina collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the airbag)There are many types of accidentsin which the air bag would not beexpected to provide additionalprotection.These include rear impacts, sec-ond or third collisions in multipleimpact accidents, as well as lowspeed impacts.

Air bag collision sensors

(1) SRS control module(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor (4) Side impact sensor

OVG035038N/OVG033039/OVG035040N/OVG039041/OVG033042N

1 2 3 4

3 49


Problems may arise if the sensorinstallation angles are changed dueto the deformation of the frontbumper, body or B pillar where sidecollision sensors are installed. Havethe vehicle checked and repaired byan authorized Kia Premium dealer.Installing aftermarket bumper guardsor replacing a bumper with non-gen-uine parts may adversely affect yourvehicle’s collision and air bag deploy-ment performance.

Air bag inflation conditions

Front air bags

Front air bags are designed to inflatein a frontal collision depending onthe intensity, speed or angles ofimpact of the front collision.

WARNING - Air bag sensors

• Do not hit or allow any objectsto impact the locations whereair bag or sensors areinstalled.This may cause unexpectedair bag deployment, whichcould result in serious per-sonal injury or death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is alteredin any way, the air bags maydeploy when they should notor they may not deploy whenthey should.Therefore, do not try to per-form maintenance on oraround the air bag sensors.Have the vehicle checked andrepaired by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

1JBA3513


503

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.

Side air bags

Side air bags (side and/or curtain airbags) are designed to inflate whenan impact is detected by side colli-sion sensors depending on thestrength, speed or angles of impactresulting from a side impact collision.

Although the front air bags (driver’sand front passenger’s air bags) aredesigned to inflate in frontal colli-sions, they also may inflate in othertypes of collisions if the front impactsensors detect a sufficient frontalforce in another type of impact. Sideimpact and curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate in certain sideimpact collisions. They may inflate inother type of collisions where a sideforce is detected by the sensors.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimprovedroads or sidewalks, air bags maydeploy. Drive carefully on unim-proved roads or on surfaces notdesigned for vehicle traffic to preventunintended air bag deployment.

Air bag non-inflation conditions

• In certain low-speed collisions theair bags may not deploy. The airbags are designed not to deploy insuch cases because they may notprovide benefits beyond the pro-tection of the seat belts in such col-lisions.

1JBA3516

OVG039047

1JBA3515

3 51


• Air bags are not designed to inflatein rear collisions, because occu-pants are moved backward by theforce of the impact. In this case,inflated air bags would not be ableto provide any additional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate inside impact collisions, becauseoccupants move to the direction ofthe collision, and thus in sideimpacts, front air bag deploymentwould not provide additional occu-pant protection.

• In a slant or angled collision, theforce of impact may direct theoccupants in a direction where theair bags would not be able to pro-vide any additional benefit, andthus the sensors may not deployany air bags.

OED036100 1JBA35211JBA3516


523

• Just before impact, drivers oftenbrake heavily. Such heavy brakinglowers the front portion of the vehi-cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi-cle with a higher ground clearance.Air bags may not inflate in this"under-ride" situation becausedeceleration forces that are detect-ed by sensors may be significantlyreplaced by such “under-ride” colli-sions.

• Air bags do not inflate in all rolloveraccidents, even though the vehicleis equipped with side air bags andcurtain air bags.However, side and/or curtain airbags may inflate when the vehicleis rolled over following (or after)side impact collision.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehi-cle collides with objects such asutility poles or trees, where thepoint of impact is concentrated toone area and the full force of theimpact is not delivered to the sen-sors.

1JBA3517 1JBA3522 1JBA3518

3 53


SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminate, orcontinuously remains on, have yourvehicle immediately inspected by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, suchas removing, installing, repairing, orany work on the steering wheel mustbe performed by an authorized KiaPremium dealer. Improper handling ofthe SRS system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

For cleaning the air bag pad covers,use only a soft, dry cloth or one whichhas been moistened with plain water.Solvents or cleaners could adverselyaffect the air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

If components of the air bag systemmust be discarded, or if the vehiclemust be scrapped, certain safetyprecautions must be observed. Anauthorized Kia Premium dealerknows these precautions and cangive you the necessary information.Failure to follow these precautionsand procedures could increase therisk of personal injury.

Adding equipment to or modi-fying your air bag-equippedvehicleIf you modify your vehicle by chang-ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-tem, front end or side sheet metal orride height, this may affect the opera-tion of your vehicle's air bag system.

WARNING - Tamperingwith SRS

Do not tamper with or discon-nect SRS wiring, or other compo-nents of the SRS system. Doingso could result in the accidentalinflation of the air bags or by ren-dering the SRS inoperative.

Air bag warning label Air bag warning labels, somerequired by the Canada MotorVehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS),are attached to the sunvisor to alertthe driver and passengers of poten-tial risks of the air bag system.

OVG033044

OVG039048

OVG033310N

3 54


Features of your vehicle

Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4• Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4• Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5• Remote keyless entry system operations. . . . . . . . . . . 4-6• Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8• Mechanical key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9• Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14• Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14• Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15• Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17• Operatiom (from outside). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17• Operatiom (from inside) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18• Impact sensing door unlock system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20• Auto door lock/unlock feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20• Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21• Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21• Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22• Emergency trunk safety release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23• Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27• Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27• Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29• Opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29• Emergency fuel filler lid release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31

Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32• Sunroof open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32• Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33• Closing the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33• Tilting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34• Sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35• Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36

Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37• Electric power steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37• Tilt and telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38• Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39• Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40• Outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48

Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52• Instrument Cluster Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53• LCD Display Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54

4

• Transaxle Shift Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59

• LCD Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59• Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60• User Settings Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62• A/V Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65• Turn By Turn Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65• Warning Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66

Trip computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73• Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73• Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73• Trip A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75

Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77• Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77• Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86

Back-up warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90• Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90• Non-operational conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91• Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92• Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93

Rearview camera display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94Welcome system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95

• Welcome light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95• Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95

Harzard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97

• Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97• Headlight escort function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97• Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97• Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98• High beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100• Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101• Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102• Headlight leveling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103

Wiper and washers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104• Windshield wiper and washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104

Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107• Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107• Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107• Room lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108• Trunk room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109• Door courtesy lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109• Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109• Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110

Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111• Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111• Wiper deicer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111

4

Automatic climate control system. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112• Heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113• Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121• Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123• Air conditioner refrigerant and compressor

lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . 4-125

• To defog inside windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125• To defrost outside windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126• Defogging logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126

Storage compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130

Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131• Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-132• Air ventilation seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133• Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-134• USB charger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135• Clock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136• Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136• Floor mat anchor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137

• Luggage net holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138• Rear curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139• Navigation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139

Audio system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140• Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140• Steering wheel remote controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141• Aux, USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142

4


44

Record your key numberThe key code numberis printed on the barcode tag attached tothe key set. Should

you lose your keys, this number willenable an authorized Kia Premiumdealer to duplicate the keys easily.Remove the bar code tag and store itin a safe place. Also, record the codenumber and keep it in a safe andhandy place, but not in the vehicle.

Smart key functions

1. Door lock2. Door unlock3. Trunk open4. Panic alarmWith smart key, you can lock orunlock doors (and trunk) and startthe engine without inserting the key.Refer to the following, for moredetails.

Locking

Pressing the button of the front out-side door handles with all doorsclosed and any door unlocked, locksall the doors. The hazard warninglights will blink and the chime willsound once to indicate that all doorsare locked. The button will only oper-ate when the smart key is within0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outsidedoor handle. If you want to makesure that a door has locked or not,you should check the door lock but-ton inside the vehicle or pull the out-side door handle.

SMART KEY

OKH042004 OVG049008

WARNING - Smart keyNever leave the keys in your vehi-cle with unsupervised children.Leaving children unattended in avehicle with a smart key is dan-gerous. Children copy adults andthey could press the start button.The key would enable children tooperate power windows or othercontrols, or even make the vehi-cle move, which could result inserious bodily injury or death.

4 5


In some instances, when the outsidedoor button is selected, the doors willnot lock and an audible chime willsound for 3 seconds if any of the fol-lowing occurs:• The smart key is in the vehicle.• The ignition switch is in the ACC or

ON position.• Any door except the trunk is

opened.

Unlocking Pressing the button of the driver's (orfront passenger’s) outside door han-dle with all doors closed and locked,unlocks the driver's door.If you press the button of the driver'soutside door handle again within 4seconds, The other doors will beunlocked. But if you press the buttonof the driver's outside door handleagain after 4 seconds, all doors will belocked. The hazard warning lights willblink and the chime will sound twice toindicate that the driver's door isunlocked. Also, the outside rearviewmirrors will automatically unfold if theoutside rearview mirror folding switchis in the AUTO position.The button will only operate when thesmart key is within 0.7~1 m (28~40in.) from the outside door handle.

Start-upYou can start the engine withoutinserting the key. For detailed infor-mation refer to “Starting the enginewith a smart key” in chapter 5.

Smart key precautions• If you lose your smart key, you will

not be able to start the engine. Towthe vehicle, if necessary, and con-tact an authorized Kia Premiumdealer.

• A maximum of 3 smart keys can beregistered to a single vehicle. If youlose a smart key, you should imme-diately take the vehicle and key toyour authorized Kia Premium deal-er to protect it from potential theft.

• The smart key will not work if anyof following occurs:- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio sta-tion or an airport which can inter-fere with normal operation of thesmart key.

- The smart key near a mobile two-way radio system or a cellularphone.

- Another vehicle’s smart key is beingoperated close to your vehicle.

When the smart key does not workcorrectly, open and close the doorwith the mechanical key. If you havea problem with the smart key, contactan authorized Kia Premium dealer.


64

• If the smart key is in close proximityto your cell phone or smart phone,the signal from the smart key couldbe blocked by normal operation ofyour cell phone or smart phone.This is especially important whenthe phone is active such as makingcall, receiving calls, text messaging,and/or sending/receiving emails.Avoid placing the smart key andyour cell phone or smart phone inthe same pants or jacket pocket andmaintain adequate distancebetween the two devices.

Remote keyless entry systemoperations

Lock (1)All doors are locked if the lock buttonis pressed. If all doors (and trunk) areclosed, the hazard warning lights willblink once to indicate that all doors(and trunk) are locked.Also, if the lock button is pressedonce more within 4 seconds, thehazard warning lights will blink andthe chime will sound once to confirmthat the door is locked.

However, if any door remains open,the hazard warning lights (and/or thechime) will not operate. But if alldoors are closed after the lock buttonis pressed, the hazard warning lightswill blink once.

CAUTION - TransmitterKeep the smart key away fromwater or any liquid as it canbecome damaged and not func-tion properly.

OKH042004

4 7


Unlock (2) The driver's door is unlocked if theunlock button is pressed once. Thehazard warning lights will blink (forsmart key, the chime also sounds)twice to indicate that the driver's dooris unlocked.All doors are unlocked if the unlockbutton is pressed once more within 4seconds. The hazard warning lightswill blink (for smart key, the chimealso sounds) twice again to indicatethat all doors are unlocked. Afterpressing this button, the doors willlock automatically unless you openany door within 30 seconds.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the keyless entry system is inoper-ative due to exposure to water or liq-uids, it will not be covered by yourmanufacturer's vehicle warranty.

Trunk open (3)The trunk is opened if the button ispressed for more than 1 second.Once the trunk is opened and thenclosed, the trunk will lock automati-cally.

Panic alarm (4)The horn sounds and the hazardwarning lights blink for about 30 sec-onds if this button is pressed formore than 0.5 seconds. To stop thehorn and lights, press any button onthe transmitter.

Transmitter precautionsThe transmitter (or smart key) will notwork if any of following occurs:• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 30 m [90 feet]).• The battery in the transmitter (or

smart key) is weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter (or smart key) is

close to a radio transmitter such asa radio station or an airport whichcan interfere with normal operationof the transmitter.

When the transmitter (or smart key)does not work properly, open andclose the door with the ignition key. Ifyou have a problem with the trans-mitter (or smart key), contact anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.


84

• If the transmitter is in close proximi-ty to your cell phone or smart phone,the signal from the transmitter couldbe blocked by normal operation ofyour cell phone or smart phone.Thisis especially important when thephone is active such as making call,receiving calls, text messaging,and/or sending/receiving emails.Avoid placing the transmitter andyour cell phone or smart phone inthe same pants or jacket pocket andmaintain adequate distancebetween the two devices.

This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and 2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesiredoperation.

✽✽ NOTICEChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could voidthe user’s authority to operate theequipment. If the keyless entry sys-tem is inoperative due to changes ormodifications not expressly approvedby the party responsible for compli-ance, it will not be covered by yourmanufacturer’s vehicle warranty.

Battery replacement

A battery should last for severalyears, but if the smart key is not work-ing properly, try replacing the batterywith a new one. If you are unsure howto use or replace the battery, contactan authorized Kia Premium dealer.

1. Pry open the smart key centercover.

2. Replace the battery with a newbattery (CR2032). When replacingthe battery, make sure the batteryposition.

3. Install the battery in the reverseorder of removal.

OKH042006

4 9


The smart key is designed to give youyears of trouble-free use, however itcan malfunction if exposed to mois-ture or static electricity. If you areunsure how to use or replace the bat-tery, contact an authorized KiaPremium dealer.Using the wrong battery can causethe transmitter or smart key to mal-function. Be sure to use the correctbattery.An inappropriately disposed batterycan be harmful to the environmentand human health.Dispose the battery according toyour local law(s) or regulation.

Mechanical key operations• Used to lock and unlock the glove

box.• Lock and unlock the doors when

the vehicle or smart key battery isdischarged.

CAUTION - Transmitterdamage

Do not drop, wet or expose thekeyless entry system transmit-ter to heat or sunlight.

IC WARNINGThis device complies withIndustry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) thisdevice may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference, includ-ing interference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.


104

To remove the mechanical key, pressand hold the release button(1) andremove the mechanical key(2).To reinstall the mechanical key, putthe key into the hole and push it untila click sound is heard.

Restrictions in handling keys

To activate the trunk lock system sothat the trunk can only be openedwith the mechanical key, perform thefollowing:1. Press and hold the release button

and remove the mechanical key.2. Unlock the glove box by using the

mechanical key (1) then open it (2).3. Set the trunk lid control button to

the OFF position (unpressed).4. Close and lock the glove box using

the mechanical key.

When leaving your keys with a park-ing lot attendant or valet, performabove steps 1 to 4, remove themechanical key from the smart keyand leave the smart key with theattendant. In this manner the smartkey can only be used to start theengine and operate door locks.

Lock release

To release the trunk lock feature,open the glove box with the mechan-ical key and set the trunk lid controlbutton to the ON position (pressed).In this position the trunk will openwith the trunk lid button or smart key.

OKH042008 OVG043003

4 11


Immobilizer systemYour vehicle is equipped with anelectronic engine immobilizer systemto reduce the risk of unauthorizedvehicle use.

Whenever the ENGINE START/STOPbutton is changed to the ON position,the immobilizer system checks andverifies if the key is valid or not.If the key is valid, the engine will start.If the key is invalid, the engine willnot start.

To deactivate the immobilizersystemChange the ENGINE START/STOPbutton to the ON position.

To activate the immobilizer systemChange the ENGINE START/STOPbutton to the OFF position.The immo-bilizer system activates automatically.Without a valid smart key for yourvehicle, the engine will not start.

✽✽ NOTICEIn order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keys any-where in your vehicle. YourImmobilizer password is a customerunique password and should be keptconfidential. Do not leave this num-ber anywhere in your vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEKeep each key separate in order toavoid a starting malfunction.

Do not put metal accessories nearthe ignition switch.Metal accessories may interrupt thetransponder signal and may preventthe engine from being started.If you need additional keys or loseyour keys, consult an authorized KiaPremium dealer.


124


ful interference, and 2. This device must accept any inter-


Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority to operatethe equipment.

Limp home (override) proce-dureWhen you turn the ignition switch tothe ON position, if the immobilizerindicator ( ) goes off after blink-ing 5 times, your transponderequipped in the ignition key is out oforder. You cannot start the enginewithout the limp home procedure. Tostart the engine, you have to inputyour password by using the ignitionswitch. Your password is only avail-able from an authorized KiaPremium dealership. Contact anauthorized dealer for more informa-tion.The following procedure is how toinput your password of “2345” as anexample.1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON

position. The immobilizer indicator( ) will blink 5 times and go offindicating the beginning of the limphome procedure.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the ACCposition.

CAUTION - Immobilizerdamage

Do not expose your immobilizersystem to moisture, static elec-tricity and rough handling. Thismay damage your immobilizer.

CAUTION - Immobilizeralterations

Do not change, alter or adjustthe immobilizer system becauseit could cause the immobilizersystem to malfunction.

4 13


3. To enter the first digit (in thisexample “2”), turn the ignitionswitch to the ON and ACC positiontwice. Perform the same proce-dure for the next digits between 3seconds and 10 seconds (forexample, for “3”, turn the ignitionON and ACC 3 times).

4. If all of the digits have been inputsuccessfully, you have to start theengine within 30 seconds. If youattempt to start the engine after 30seconds, the engine will not startand you will have to input yourpassword again.

After performing the limp home pro-cedure, you have to see an author-ized Kia Premium dealer immediate-ly to inspect and repair your ignitionkey or immobilizer system.


144

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

This system is designed to provideprotection from unauthorized entryinto the vehicle. This system is operat-ed in three stages: the first is the"Armed" stage, the second is the"Theft-alarm" stage, and the third isthe "Disarmed" stage. If triggered, thesystem provides an audible alarm withblinking of the hazard warning lights.

Armed stagePark the vehicle and stop the engine.Arm the system as described below.1. Turn off the engine.2. Make sure that all doors (and

trunk) and engine hood are closedand latched.

3. • Lock the doors by depressingthe door lock button on the trans-mitter (or smart key).After completion of the stepsabove, the hazard warning lightswill blink once to indicate that thesystem is armed.If any door, trunk or engine hoodremains open, the hazard warn-ing lights won’t operate andtheft-alarm will not arm. Afterthis, if all doors, trunk and enginehood are closed, the hazardwarning lights blink once.

• Lock the doors by pressing thebutton of the front outside doorhandles with the smart key inyour possession.After completion of the stepsabove, the hazard warninglights will blink once to indicatethat the system is armed.If any door remains open, thehazard warning lights won’toperate and theft-alarm will notarm. Close the door and tryagain to lock the doors.If trunk or engine hood remainsopen, the hazard warning lightswon’t operate and theft-alarmwill not arm. Close the trunk orengine hood. The hazard warn-ing lights blink once and theft-alarm arms.

Armed

stage

Theft-alarm

stageDisarmed

stage

4 15


The theft-alarm system by the keycan be activated by an authorizedKia Premium dealer.If you want this feature, consult anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

Do not arm the system until allpassengers have left the vehicle. Ifthe system is armed while a pas-senger(s) remains in the vehicle,the alarm may be activated whenthe remaining passenger(s)leaves the vehicle. If any door (ortrunk) or engine hood is openedwithin 30 seconds after the sys-tem enters the armed stage, thesystem will be disarmed to pre-vent unnecessary alarm.

Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any ofthe following occurs while the systemis armed.• A front or rear door is opened with-

out using the smart key (ormechanical key).

• The trunk is opened without usingthe smart key (or mechanical key).

• The engine hood is opened.The horn will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuouslyfor approximately 27 seconds. Toturn off the system, unlock the doorswith the smart key.

Disarmed stageThe system will be disarmed when:

Transmitter- The door unlock button is pressed.- The engine is started. (within 3

seconds)- The ignition switch is in the “ON”

position for 30 seconds or more.

Smart key- The door unlock button is pressed.- The button of the front outside door

is pressed while carrying the smartkey.

- The engine is started. (within 3seconds)

After the doors are unlocked, the haz-ard warning lights will blink twice toindicate that the system is disarmed.After pressing the unlock button, if anydoor (or trunk) is not opened within 30seconds, the system will be rearmed.


164

• Avoid trying to start the enginewhile the alarm is activated. Thevehicle starting motor is disabledduring the theft-alarm stage.If the system is not disarmed withthe transmitter, insert the key intothe ignition switch, turn the ignitionswitch to the ON position and waitfor 30 seconds. Then the systemwill be disarmed.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

• If the system is not disarmed withthe transmitter, insert the key intothe ignition switch and start theengine. Then the system will bedisarmed.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

4 17


DOOR LOCKSOperating door locks fromoutside the vehicle Mechanical key

• After removing the cover (1) ~ (2),turn the key toward the rear of thevehicle to unlock and toward thefront of the vehicle to lock (3), (4).

• If you lock/unlock the driver’s doorwith a key, only the driver’s doorwill lock/unlock.

• Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the doorhandle.

• When closing the door, push thedoor by hand. Make sure thatdoors are closed securely.

Smart key• Doors can be locked and unlocked

with the transmitter (or smart key).(if equipped)

• Doors can be locked and unlockedpressing the button of the outsidedoor handle with the smart key inyour possession.

• Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the doorhandle.

• When closing the door, push thedoor by hand. Make sure thatdoors are closed securely.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may notwork properly due to freezing con-ditions.

• If the door is locked/unlockedmultiple times in rapid successionwith either the vehicle key or doorlock switch, the system may stopoperating temporarily in order toprotect the circuit and preventdamage to system components.

OVG049187

Lock

Unlock


184

Operating door locks frominside the vehicleWith the door lock button

• To unlock a door, push the doorlock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi-tion.The red mark (2) on the buttonwill be visible.

• To lock a door, push the door lockbutton (1) to the “Lock” position. Ifthe door is locked properly, the redmark (2) on the door lock buttonwill not show.

• To open a door, pull the door han-dle (3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the frontdoor is pulled when the door lockbutton is in the lock position, thebutton will unlock and the door willopen. (if equipped)

• Front doors cannot be locked if theignition key is in the ignition switch(or if the smart key is in the vehicle)and any front door is opened. (ifequipped)

If a power door lock ever fails to func-tion while you are in the vehicle, tryone or more of the following tech-niques to exit:• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic andmanual) while simultaneouslypulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks andhandles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use thekey to unlock the door from outside.

OVG043012

Lock Unlock

4 19


With central door lock switch

Operate by pressing the central doorlock switch.

• Press the switch to the "Lock" posi-tion (1), all vehicle doors will lock.

• Press the switch to the "Unlock"position (2), all vehicle doors willunlock.

• If the key is in the ignition switch (orif the smart key is in the vehicle)and any front door is opened, thedoors will not lock when the “Lock”position (1) of the central door lockswitch is pressed. (if equipped)

OVG043013N

OVG043014

Driver’s door

Passenger’s door

WARNING - DoorsThe doors should always befully closed and locked while thevehicle is in motion to preventaccidental opening of the door.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren/animals

Never leave children or animalsunattended in your vehicle.An enclosed vehicle canbecome extremely hot, causingdeath or severe injury to unat-tended children or animals whocannot escape the vehicle.


204

Impact sensing door unlocksystemAll doors will automatically unlockwhen an impact causes the air bagsto deploy.

Auto door lock/unlock feature(if equipped)• All doors will automatically lock

when the transaxle shift lever isshifted out of P (Park).

• All doors will automatically unlockwhen the transaxle shift lever isshifted into P (Park).

You can activate or deactivate theauto door lock/unlock features in thevehicle. Refer to "LCD display" in thischapter.

Child-protector rear door lock

The child safety lock is provided tohelp prevent children from acciden-tally opening the rear doors frominside the vehicle. The rear doorsafety locks should be used whenev-er children are in the vehicle.1. Open the rear door.2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into the

hole and turn it to the lock ( ) posi-tion. the child safety lock (1) locatedon the rear edge of the door to thelock position. When the child safetylock is in the lock position, rear doorwill not open even when the innerdoor handle is pulled.

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the out-side door handle (2).Even though the doors may beunlocked, the rear door will not openby pulling the inner door handle untilthe rear door child safety lock isunlocked.

OTF040014

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

Use the rear door safety lockswhenever children are in thevehicle. If a child accidentlyopens the rear doors while thevehicle is motion, they can fallout.

4 21


Opening the trunk

• Press the trunk unlock button formore than 1 second on the trans-mitter (or smart key).

• Press the button on the trunk han-dle with the smart key in your pos-session.

• Insert the mechanical key into thelock and turn it clockwise.Once the trunk is opened and thenclosed, the trunk locks automati-cally.

• To open the trunk from inside thevehicle, press the trunk lid releasebutton.Once the trunk is opened and thenclosed, the trunk locks automati-cally.

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, trunk lockand trunk mechanisms may notwork properly due to freezing condi-tions.

TRUNK

OVG043016

OVG043017

WARNINGThe trunk swings upward. Makesure no objects or people arenear the rear of the vehiclewhen opening the trunk.

CAUTIONMake certain that you close thetrunk before driving your vehi-cle. Possible damage may occurto the trunk lift cylinders andattached hardware if the trunk isnot closed prior to driving.


224

Closing the trunkTo close, lower the trunk lid, thenpress down on it until it locks. To besure the trunk lid is securely fas-tened, always check by trying to pullit up again.

Emergency trunk safety release

Your vehicle is equipped with anemergency trunk release lever locat-ed inside the trunk. If someone isinadvertently locked in the trunk,moving the handle in the direction ofthe arrow will release the trunk latchmechanism and open the trunk.

OVG049018

WARNING• No one should be allowed to

occupy the trunk at any time.The trunk is a very dangerouslocation in the event of acrash.

• Use the release lever foremergencies only. Useextreme caution, especiallywhile the vehicle is in motion.

WARNING - ExhaustFumes

The trunk lid should always bekept completely closed whilethe vehicle is in motion. If it isleft open or ajar, exhaust gasesmay enter the car and seriousillness or death may result.

4 23


(1) Driver’s door power windowswitch

(2) Front passenger’s door powerwindow switch

(3) Rear door (left) power windowswitch

(4) Rear door (right) power windowswitch

(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window down(7) Power window lock button

WINDOWS

OVG043020N


244

In cold and wet climates, power win-dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to oper-ate. Each door has a power windowswitch that controls the door’s win-dow. The driver has a power windowlock switch which can block the oper-ation of passenger windows.The power windows can be operatedfor approximately 30 seconds after theignition key is removed or turned to theACC or LOCK position. However, if thefront doors are opened, the powerwindows cannot be operated evenwithin the 30 second period.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile driving with the rear windowsdown or with the sunroof (ifequipped) in an open (or partiallyopen) position, your vehicle maydemonstrate a wind buffeting orpulsation noise. This noise is a nor-mal occurrence and can be reducedor eliminated by taking the follow-ing actions. If the noise occurs withone or both of the rear windowsdown, partially lower both frontwindows approximately one inch. Ifyou experience the noise with thesunroof open, slightly reduce thesize of the sunroof opening.

Window opening and closing (if equipped)

The driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all thewindows in the vehicle.To open or close a window, pressdown or pull up the front portion ofthe corresponding switch to the firstdetent position (5).

OVG043021

4 25


Auto up/down window (if equipped)

Pressing or pulling up the power win-dow switch momentarily to the sec-ond detent position (6) completelylowers or lifts the window even whenthe switch is released. To stop thewindow at the desired position whilethe window is in operation, pull up orpress and release the switch to theopposite direction of the movement.If the power window is not operatedcorrectly, the automatic power win-dow system must be reset as follows:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. Close the window and continuepulling up on the driver’s powerwindow switch for at least 1 sec-ond after the window is complete-ly closed.

Automatic reversal

If the upward movement of the win-dow is blocked by an object or part ofthe body, the window will detect theresistance and will stop upwardmovement. The window will thenlower approximately 30 cm (11.8 in.)to allow the object to be cleared.If the window detects the resistancewhile the power window switch ispulled up continuously, the windowwill stop upward movement thenlower approximately 2.5 cm. (1 in.)

OVG043023

OUN026013


264

And if the power window switch ispulled up continuously again within 5seconds after the window is loweredby the automatic window reversalfeature, the automatic window rever-sal will not operate.

The automatic reverse feature for thedriver’s window is only active whenthe “auto up” feature is used by fullypulling up the switch. The automaticreverse feature will not operate if thewindow is raised using the halfwayposition on the power window switch.

Power window lock button

• The driver can disable the powerwindow switches on the rear pas-senger doors by pressing thepower window lock switch, locatedon the driver’s door to the LOCKposition (pressed).

• When the power window lockbutton is in the LOCK position(pressed),- Driver's master control : Can

operate all window.- Front passenger's control :

Can operate front passenger'swindow.

- Rear passenger's control : Cannot operate rear passenger'swindow.

Do not allow children to play with thepower windows. Keep the driver’sdoor power window lock switch in theLOCK position (pressed).Always double check to make sureall arms, hands, head and otherobstructions are safely out of the waybefore closing a window.

WARNINGAlways check for obstructionsbefore raising any window toavoid injuries or vehicle damage.If an object less than 4 mm (0.16in.) in diameter is caughtbetween the window glass andthe upper window channel, theautomatic reverse window maynot detect the resistance and willnot stop and reverse direction.

OVG043024N

CAUTION - Opening / closingWindow

To prevent possible damage tothe power window system, donot open or close two windowsor more at the same time. Thiswill also ensure the longevity ofthe fuse.

4 27


HOOD Opening the hood

1. Pull the release lever to unlatchthe hood. The hood should popopen slightly.

Open the hood after turning off theengine on a flat surface, shifting theshift lever to the P(Park) position forautomatic transaxle and to the1st(First) gear or R(Reverse) formanual transaxle, and setting theparking brake.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raisethe hood slightly, push the second-ary latch (1) left of the hood centerand lift the hood (2).

3. Raise the hood. It will raise com-pletely by itself after it has beenraised about halfway.

OVG049025

OVG045026N

WARNING - Unsecuredengine hood

Always double check to be surethat the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If it is notlatched, the hood could fly openwhile the vehicle is being driv-en, causing a total loss of visi-bility, which might result in anaccident.


284

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the

following:• All filler caps in engine compart-

ment must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Lower the hood halfway and pushdown to securely lock in place.

WARNINGBefore closing the hood, ensurethat all obstructions areremoved from the hood open-ing. Closing the hood with anobstruction present in the hoodopening may result in propertydamage or severe personalinjury.

WARNING - Fire RiskDo not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material inthe engine compartment. Doingso may cause a heat-inducedfire.

4 29


FUEL FILLER LIDOpening the fuel filler lid

The fuel filler lid must be openedfrom inside the vehicle by pushingthe fuel filler lid opener.If the fuel filler lid does not openbecause ice has formed around it,tap lightly or push on the lid to breakthe ice and release the lid. Do not pryon the lid. If necessary, spray aroundthe lid with an approved de-icer fluid(do not use radiator anti-freeze) ormove the vehicle to a warm placeand allow the ice to melt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the

fuel filler lid opener up.3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1) out to

fully open.4. To remove the cap turn the fuel

filler cap (2) counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise

until it clicks one time. This indi-cates that the cap is securely tight-ened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push itlightly and make sure that it issecurely closed.

WARNING - RefuelingAlways remove the fuel capcarefully and slowly. If the capis venting fuel or if you hear ahissing sound, wait until thecondition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.If pressurized fuel sprays out, itcan cover your clothes or skinand subject you to the risk offire and burns.

OVG043027

OVG044029


304

Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an accident.

WARNING - Fire/explo-sion risk

Read and follow all warningsposted at the gas station facili-ty. Failure to follow all warningswill result in severe personalinjury, severe burns or deathdue to fire or explosion.

WARNING - Cell phonefires

Do not use cellular phoneswhile refueling. Electric currentand/or electronic interferencefrom cellular phones can poten-tially ignite fuel vapors causinga fire.

WARNING - Static electricity

• Before touching the fuel noz-zle, you should eliminatepotentially dangerous staticelectricity discharge by touch-ing another metal part of thevehicle, a safe distance awayfrom the fuel filler neck, noz-zle, or other gas source.

• Do not get back into a vehicleonce you have begun refuel-ing since you can generatestatic electricity by touching,rubbing or sliding against anyitem or fabric (polyester, satin,nylon, etc.) capable of produc-ing static electricity. Staticelectricity discharge canignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate poten-tially dangerous static elec-tricity discharge by touching ametal part of the vehicle, awayfrom the fuel filler neck, noz-zle or other gasoline source.

WARNING - Portable FuelContainer

When using an approvedportable fuel container, be sureto place the container on theground prior to refueling. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refuelinghas begun, contact with thevehicle should be maintaineduntil the filling is complete. Useonly approved portable plasticfuel containers designed tocarry and store gasoline.

4 31


Make sure to refuel your vehicleaccording to the "Fuel requirements"suggested in section 1.If the fuel filler cap requires replace-ment, use only a genuine Kia cap orthe equivalent specified for your vehi-cle. An incorrect fuel filler cap canresult in a serious malfunction of thefuel system or emission control sys-tem.

Emergency fuel filler lid release

If the fuel filler lid does not openusing the remote fuel filler lidrelease, you can open it manually bypulling the handle outward slightly.

CAUTION - Exterior paintDo not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Anytype of fuel spilled on paintedsurfaces may damage the paint.

WARNING - Refueling&Vehicle fires

When refueling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components relatedto the engine can ignite fuelvapors causing a fire. Oncerefueling is complete, check tomake sure the filler cap andfiller door are securely closed,before starting the engine.

WARNING - SmokingDO NOT use matches or alighter and DO NOT SMOKE orleave a lit cigarette in your vehi-cle while at a gas station espe-cially during refueling.Automotive fuel is highly flam-mable and can, when ignited,result in fire.

CAUTIONDo not pull the handle exces-sively, otherwise the luggagearea trim or release handle maybe damaged.

OVG049028


324

PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

If your vehicle is equipped with asunroof, you can slide or tilt yoursunroof with the sunroof control leverlocated on the overhead console.The sunroof can only be opened,closed, or tilted when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

In cold and wet climates, the sunroofmay not work properly due to freez-ing conditions.After the vehicle is washed or in arainstorm, be sure to wipe off anywater that is on the sunroof beforeoperating it.The sunroof cannot slide when it is inthe tilt position nor can it be tiltedwhile in an open or slide position.

Sunroof open warning (if equipped)

If the driver removes the ignition key(smart key: turns off the engine) andopens the driver-side door when thesunroof is not fully closed, the warn-ing chime will sound for a few sec-onds and a message "Sunroof Open"will appear on the LCD display.Close the sunroof securely whenleaving your vehicle.

CAUTION - Sunroof control lever

Do not continue to press the sun-roof control lever after the sun-roof is fully opened, closed, ortilted. Damage to the motor orsystem components could occur.

OVG049031

OVG043338E

■ Type A

■ Type BOVG043337E

WARNING - Sunroof operation

When closing the sunroof, makesure there are no body parts inthe movement range of the slid-ing roof. Parts of the body couldbecome trapped or crushed.

4 33


Sliding the sunroof

When the sunshade is closedIf you pull the sunroof control leverbackward to the second detent posi-tion, the sunshade will slide all theway open then the sunroof glass willslide all the way open. To stop thesunroof movement at any point, pullor push the sunroof control levermomentarily.

When the sunshade is openedIf you pull the sunroof control leverbackward, the sunroof glass will slideall the way open. To stop the sunroofmovement at any point, pull or pushthe sunroof control lever momentarily.

Closing the sunroofTo close the sunroof glass onlyPush the sunroof control lever for-ward to the first detent position orpull the lever downward.

To close the sunroof glass withthe sunshade Push the sunroof control lever for-ward to the second detent position.The sunroof glass will close then thesunshade close automatically.To stop the sunroof movement at anypoint, pull or push the sunroof controllever momentarily.

OVG049032


344

Automatic reversal

If an object or part of the body isdetected while the sunroof glass orsunshade is closing automatically, itwill reverse the direction, and thenstop.The auto reverse function does notwork if a tiny obstacle is between thesliding glass or sunshade and thesunroof sash. You should alwayscheck that all passengers andobjects are away from the sunroofbefore closing it.

Tilting the sunroof

When the sunshade is closedIf you push the sunroof control leverupward, the sunshade will slide allthe way open then the sunroof glasswill tilt.To stop the sunroof movement at anypoint, pull or push the sunroof controllever momentarily.

WARNING - SunroofDo not extend the face, neck,arms or body outside throughthe sunroof opening while driv-ing or operating the sunroof.

OYF049215 OYF049201

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the sun-roof, periodically remove anydirt that may accumulate on theguide rail.

4 35


When the sunshade is openedIf you push the sunroof control leverupward, the sunroof glass will tilt.To stop the sunroof movement at anypoint, pull or push the sunroof controllever momentarily.

Sunshade

• To open the sunshade, pull thesunroof control lever backward tothe first detent position.

• To close the sunshade when thesunroof glass is closed, push thesunroof control lever forward.

To stop the sliding at any point, pullor push the sunroof control levermomentarily.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is normal for wrinkles to form onthe blind because of its materialcharacteristic.

CAUTION - Sunroof motordamage

If you try to open the sunroofwhen the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, theglass or the motor could bedamaged.

OYF049214


364

Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is dis-connected or discharged, or relatedfuse is blown, you must reset yoursunroof system as follows:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition and close the sunroofcompletely.

2. Release the control lever.3. Push and hold the control lever for-

ward (for more than 10 seconds)until the sunroof tilts and slightlymoves. Then, release the lever.

4. Push the sunroof control lever for-ward in the direction of close untilthe sunroof operates as follows:

SUNSHADE OPEN → TILT OPEN→ SLIDE OPEN → SLIDE CLOSE→ SUNSHADE CLOSE

Then, release the control lever.

When this is complete, the sunroofsystem is reset.

❈ For more detailed information, con-tact an authorized Kia Premiumdealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the sunroof is not reset when thevehicle battery is disconnected ordischarged, or related fuse is blown,the sunroof may operate improperly.

4 37


STEERING WHEELElectric power steering (EPS)Power steering uses the motor toassist you in steering the vehicle. Ifthe engine is off or if the power steer-ing system becomes inoperative, thevehicle may still be steered, but it willrequire increased steering effort.The motor driven power steering iscontrolled by the power steering con-trol unit which senses the steeringwheel torque and vehicle speed tocommand the motor.The steering wheel becomes heavieras the vehicle’s speed increases andbecomes lighter as the vehicle’sspeed decreases for better control ofthe steering wheel.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the powersteering checked by an authorizedKia Premium dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEThe following symptoms may occurduring normal vehicle operation:• The steering effort is increased

immediately after turning the igni-tion switch on. This happens as thesystem performs the EPS systemdiagnostics. When the diagnosticsare completed, the steering wheelwill return to its normal condition

• A click noise may be heard fromthe EPS relay after the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON orLOCK position.

• Motor noise may be heard whenthe vehicle is at a stop or at a lowdriving speed.

• The steering effort increases if thesteering wheel is rotated continu-ously when the vehicle is not inmotion. However, after a few min-utes, it will return to its normalconditions.

• When you operate the steeringwheel in low temperature, abnor-mal noise could occur. If tempera-ture rises, the noise will disappear.This is a normal condition.

If the Electric Power Steering Systemdoes not operate normally, the warn-ing light will illuminate on the instru-ment cluster.The steering wheel maybecome difficult to control or operateabnormally. Take your vehicle to anauthorized Kia Premium dealer andhave the vehicle checked as soon aspossible.

WARNINGIf the steering wheel becomestoo warm, turn the system off.The heated steering wheel maycause burns even at low tem-peratures, especially if used forlong periods of time.


384

Tilt and telescoping steeringTilt steering allows you to adjust thesteering wheel before you drive. Youcan also raise it to give your legsmore room when you exit and enterthe vehicle.

The steering wheel should be posi-tioned so that it is comfortable foryou to drive, while permitting you tosee the instrument panel warninglights and gauges.

Manual type

To change the steering wheel angleand height:1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).2. Adjust the steering wheel to the

desired angle (2) and height (3).3. Pull up the lock-release lever to

lock the steering wheel in place.

Electric type

To change the steering wheel angleand height:• Move the switch (1) up and down

to adjust the angle (2).• Move the switch forward or rear-

ward to adjust the height (3).

WARNING - Steeringwheel adjustment

Never adjust the angle andheight of the steering wheelwhile driving. You may losesteering control.

OVG043036 OVG043037

4 39


Heated steering wheel (if equipped)

With the ignition switch in the ONposition, pressing the heated steer-ing wheel button warms the steeringwheel. The indicator on the buttonwill illuminate and notify you on theLCD display.To turn the heated steering wheel off,press the button once again. Theindicator on the button will turn offand notify you on the LCD display.

Horn

To sound the horn, press the hornsymbol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.To sound the horn, press the areaindicated by the horn symbol on yoursteering wheel (see illustration). Thehorn will operate only when this areais pressed.

CAUTIONDo not install any grip to oper-ate the steering wheel. Thiscauses damage to the heatedsteering wheel system.

OVG043200N

OXM043305


404

MIRRORS Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror so that thecenter view through the rear windowis seen. Make this adjustment beforeyou start driving.Do not place objects in the rear seatwhich would interfere with your visionthrough the rear window.

Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped)

Make this adjustment before youstart driving and while the day/nightlever is in the day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce the glare from the headlightsof the vehicles behind you duringnight driving.Remember that you lose somerearview clarity in the night position.

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)with HomeLink® system and compass (if equipped)Your vehicle may be equipped with aGentex Automatic-Dimming Mirrorwith a Z-Nav® Electronic CompassDisplay and an Integrated HomeLink®

Wireless Control System.During nighttime driving, this featurewill automatically detect and reducerearview mirror glare while the com-pass indicates the direction the vehi-cle is pointed. The HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver allows you toactivate your garage door(s), electricgate, home lighting, etc.❈ HomeLink® is registered trade-

mark of Gentex Corporation.

WARNING - Mirror adjustment

Do not adjust the rearview mirrorwhile the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control.

OAM049023

Day

Night

4 41


(1) Channel 1 button(2) Channel 2 button(3) Status indicator LED(4) Channel 3 button(5) Rear light sensor(6) Dimming ON/OFF button(7) Compass control button(8) Compass display

Automatic-Dimming Night VisionSafetyTM (NVS®) Mirror

The NVS® Mirror in your vehicle isthe most advanced way to reduceannoying glare in the rearview mirrorduring any driving situation. For moreinformation regarding NVS® mirrorsand other applications, please referto the Gentex Corporation’s website:www.gentex.com❈ Night Vision Safety™ is a registered

trademark of Gentex Corporation.

Automatic-dimming functionYour mirror will automatically dimupon detecting glare from the vehi-cles traveling behind you. The auto-dimming function can be controlledby the Dimming ON/OFF Button:

1. Pressing the button turns theauto-dimming function OFF whichis indicated by the green StatusIndicator LED turning off.

2. Pressing the button again turnsthe auto-dimming function ONwhich is indicated by the greenStatus Indicator LED turning on.

✽✽ NOTICEThe mirror defaults to the ON posi-tion each time the vehicle is started.

Z-Nav™ Compass Display

The NVS® Mirror in your vehicle is alsoequipped with a Z-Nav® Compass thatshows the vehicle Compass heading inthe Display Window using the 8 basiccardinal headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).❈ Z-Nav™ is a registered trademark

of Gentex Corporation.

OYF049230C

CAUTIONThe NVS® Mirror automaticallyreduces glare during drivingconditions based upon light lev-els monitored in front of the vehi-cle and from the rear of the vehi-cle. These light sensors are visi-ble through openings in the frontand rear of the mirror case. Anyobject that obstructs either lightsensor will degrade the automat-ic dimming control feature.


424

Compass functionThe Compass can be turned ON andOFF and will remember the last statewhen the ignition is cycled. To turnthe display feature ON/OFF:1. Press and release the button to

turn the display feature OFF.2. Press and release the button

again to turn the display back ON.Additional options can be set withpress and hold sequences of the button and are detailed below.

There is a difference between mag-netic north and true north. The com-pass in the mirror can compensatefor this difference when it knows theMagnetic Zone in which it is operat-ing. This is set either by the dealer orby the user. The operating ZoneNumbers for North America areshown in the figure on the followingsection.

B520C05NF

4 43


To adjust the Zone setting:1. Determine the desired Zone

Number based upon your currentlocation on the Zone Map.

2. Press and hold the button formore than 3 but less than 6 sec-onds, the current Zone Numberwill appear on the display.

3. Pressing and holding the buttonagain will cause the numbers toincrement (Note: they will repeat…13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasingthe button when the desired ZoneNumber appears on the displaywill set the new Zone.

4. Within about 5 seconds the com-pass will start displaying a com-pass heading again.

There are some conditions that cancause changes to the vehicle mag-nets, such as installing a ski rack ora CB antenna. Body repair work onthe vehicle can also cause changesto the vehicle's magnetic field. Inthese situations, the compass willneed to be re-calibrated to quicklycorrect for these changes. To re-cali-brate the compass:1. Press and hold the button for

more than 6 seconds. When thecompass memory is cleared a "C"will appear in the display.

2. To calibrate the compass, drivethe vehicle in 2 complete circles atless than 5 mph (8 km/h).

Integrated HomeLink®

Wireless Control System

The HomeLink® Wireless ControlSystem provides a convenient way toreplace up to three hand-held radio-frequency (RF) transmitters with asingle built-in device. This innovativefeature will learn the radio frequencycodes of most current transmitters tooperate devices such as gate opera-tors, garage door openers, entrydoor locks, security systems, evenhome lighting. Both standard androlling code-equipped transmitterscan be programmed by following theoutlined procedures. AdditionalHomeLink® information can be foundat: www.homelink.com or by calling1-800-355-3515.


444

Retain the original transmitter of theRF device you are programming foruse in other vehicles as well as forfuture HomeLink® programming. It isalso suggested that upon the sale ofthe vehicle, the programmedHomeLink® buttons be erased forsecurity purposes.

Programming HomeLink®

✽✽ NOTICE• When programming a garage

door opener, it is advised to parkthe vehicle outside of the garage.

• It is recommended that a new bat-tery be placed in the hand-heldtransmitter of the device being pro-grammed to HomeLink® for quick-er training and accurate transaxleof the radio-frequency signal.

• Some vehicles may require theignition switch to be turned to thesecond (or "accessories") positionfor programming and/or opera-tion of HomeLink®.

• In the event that there are still pro-gramming difficulties or questionsafter following the programmingsteps listed below, contactHomeLink® at: www.homelink.comor 1-800-355-3515.

Standard programmingTo train most devices, follow theseinstructions:1. For first-time programming, press

and hold the two outside buttons,HomeLink® Channel 1 andChannel 3 Buttons, until the indi-cator light begins to flash (after 20seconds). Release both buttons.Do not hold the buttons for longerthan 30 seconds.

2. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm) awayfrom the HomeLink® buttons whilekeeping the indicator light in view.

3. Simultaneously press and holdboth the HomeLink® and hand-held transmitter button. DO NOTrelease the buttons until step 4has been completed.

4 45


4. While continuing to hold the but-tons the red Indicator Status LEDwill flash slowly and then rapidlyafter HomeLink® successfullytrains to the frequency signal fromthe hand-held transmitter. Releaseboth buttons.

5. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink® button and observethe red Status Indicator LED. If theindicator light stays on constantly,programming is complete andyour device should activate whenthe HomeLink® button is pressedand released.

6. To program the remaining twoHomeLink® buttons, follow steps 2through 5.

Rolling code programmingRolling code devices which are"code-protected" and manufacturedafter 1996 may be determined by thefollowing:• Reference the device owner's

manual for verification.• The handheld transmitter appears

to program the HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver but does notactivate the device.

• Press and hold the trainedHomeLink® button. The device hasthe rolling code feature if the indi-cator light flashes rapidly and thenturns solid after 2 seconds.

To train rolling code devices, followthese instructions:1. At the garage door opener receiver

(motor-head unit) in the garage,locate the "learn" or "smart" button.This can usually be found where thehanging antenna wire is attached tothe motor-head unit. Exact locationand color of the button may vary bygarage door opener brand.If there is difficulty locating the train-ing button, reference the deviceowner's manual or please visit ourWeb site at www.homelink.com.

2. Firmly press and release the"learn" or "smart" button (whichactivates the "training light").

✽✽ NOTICEThere are 30 seconds in which to ini-tiate step 3.


464

3. Return to the vehicle, firmly pressand hold for two seconds the desiredHomeLink® button then release.Repeat the "press/hold/release"sequence a second time to completethe programming. (Some devicesmay require you to repeat thissequence a third time to completethe programming.)

4. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink® button and observethe red Status Indicator LED. If theindicator light stays on constantly,programming is complete andyour device should activate.

5. To program the remaining twoHomeLink® buttons, follow eithersteps 1 through 4 above for otherRolling Code devices or steps 2through 5 in Standard Programmingfor standard devices.

Gate operator & Canadian programmingDuring programming, your handheldtransmitter may automatically stoptransmitting. Continue to press theIntegrated HomeLink® WirelessControl System button (note steps 2through 4 in the StandardProgramming portion of this docu-ment) while you press and re-press("cycle") your handheld transmitterevery two seconds until the frequen-cy signal has been learned. The indi-cator light will flash slowly and thenrapidly after several seconds uponsuccessful training.

Operating HomeLink®

To operate, simply press and releasethe programmed HomeLink® button.Activation will now occur for thetrained device (i.e. garage dooropener, gate operator, security sys-tem, entry door lock, home/officelighting, etc.). For convenience, thehand-held transmitter of the devicemay also be used at any time.

4 47


Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® buttonTo program a new device to a previ-ously trained HomeLink® button, fol-low these steps:1. Press and hold the desired

HomeLink® button. Do NOT releaseuntil step 4 has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins toflash slowly (after 20 seconds),position the handheld transmitter 1to 3 inches away from theHomeLink® surface.

3. Press and hold the handheldtransmitter button.The HomeLink®

indicator light will flash, first slowlyand then rapidly.

4. When the indicator light begins toflash rapidly, release both buttons.

5. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink® button and observethe red Status Indicator LED. If theindicator light stays on constantly,programming is complete andyour new device should activate.

Erasing HomeLink® buttonsIndividual buttons cannot be erased.However, to erase all three pro-grammed buttons:1. Press and hold the two outer

HomeLink® buttons until the indi-cator light begins to flash-after 20seconds.

2. Release both buttons. Do not holdfor longer than 30 seconds.

The Integrated HomeLink® WirelessControl System is now in the training(learn) mode and can be pro-grammed at any time following theappropriate steps in the Programmingsections above.

FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3


ful interference, and2. This device must accept any inter-


The transceiver has been tested andcomplies with FCC and IndustryCanada rules. Changes or modifica-tions not expressly approved by theparty responsible for compliancecould void the user's authority tooperate the device.


484

NVS® and ZNav® are registeredtrademarks. Nav® are of GentexCorporation, Zeeland, Michigan.HomeLink® is a registered trade-mark owned by Johnson ControlsTechnology Company, Holland,Michigan.

Outside rearview mirrorBe sure to adjust mirror anglesbefore driving.Your vehicle is equipped with bothleft-hand and right-hand outsiderearview mirrors. The mirrors can beadjusted remotely with the remoteswitch (if equipped). The mirrorheads can be folded to prevent dam-age during an automatic car wash orwhen passing through a narrowstreet.The right outside rearview mirror isconvex. Objects seen in the mirrorare closer than they appear.Use your interior rearview mirror ordirect observation to determine theactual distance of following vehicleswhen changing lanes.

CAUTION - Rearview mirror

Do not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the sur-face of the glass. If ice shouldrestrict movement of the mirror,do not force the mirror foradjustment. To remove ice, usea deicer spray, or a sponge orsoft cloth with very warm water.

WARNING - Mirror adjustment

Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehi-cle is moving. This could resultin loss of control.

4 49


Adjusting outside rearview mirror

The electric remote control mirrorswitch allows you to adjust the posi-tion of the left and right outsiderearview mirrors. To adjust the posi-tion of either mirror the ignition switchshould be in the ACC or ON position.Move the lever (1) to R or L to selectthe right side mirror or the left sidemirror, then press a correspondingpoint on the mirror adjustment con-trol to position the selected mirror up,down, left or right.

After the adjustment, put the leverinto neutral (center) position to pre-vent inadvertent adjustment.

Reverse parking aid function (if equipped)

While the vehicle is moving rear-ward, the outside rearview mirror(s)will move downward to aid reverseparking. According to the position ofthe outside rearview mirror switch(1), the outside rearview mirror(s) willoperate as follows:

CAUTION - Outside mirror• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximumadjusting angles, but themotor continues to operatewhile the switch is pressed.Do not press the switch longerthan necessary, the motormay be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust theoutside rearview mirror byhand. Doing so may damagethe parts.

OVG043045N

OVG043035N


504

L/R : When the remote control out-side rearview mirror switch isselected to the L (left) or R(right) position, both outsiderearview mirrors will movedownward.

Neutral : When the remote controloutside rearview mirrorswitch is placed in the mid-dle, the outside rearviewmirrors will not operatewhile the vehicle is movingrearward.

The outside rearview mirrors will auto-matically revert to their original posi-tions under the following conditions:1. The ignition switch is in the OFF

position.2. Shift lever is moved to any position

except R (Reverse).3. Remote control outside rearview

mirror switch is placed in the middle.

Folding the outside rearview mirror(if equipped)

The outside rearview mirror can befolded or unfolded by pressing theswitch as below.Left (1) : The mirror will unfold.Right (2) : The mirror will fold.

Center (AUTO, 3) :The mirror will fold or unfold auto-matically as follows:• The mirror will fold or unfold when

the door is locked or unlocked bythe smart key.

• The mirror will fold or unfold whenthe door is locked or unlocked bythe button on the outside door han-dle.

• The mirror will unfold when youapproach the vehicle (all doorsclosed and locked) with a smartkey in possession. (if equipped)OVG043046N

4 51


CAUTION - Electric type outside

rearview mirrorThe electric type outsiderearview mirror operates eventhough the ignition switch is inthe OFF position. However, toprevent unnecessary batterydischarge, do not adjust themirrors longer than necessarywhile the engine is not running.In case it is an electric type out-side rearview mirror, don’t fold itby hand. It could cause motorfailure.


524

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer

2. Speedometer

3. Engine coolant temperature gauge

4. Fuel gauge

5. LCD display

6. Warning and indicator lights (if equipped)

7. Turn signal indicator lights

OVG043050C/OVG043051C

■■ Type A

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.For more details, refer to the "Gauges" inthis chapter.

■■ Type B

4 53


Instrument Cluster ControlAdjusting Instrument ClusterIllumination

The brightness of the instrumentpanel illumination is changed bypressing the illumination control button("+" or "-") when the ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop button is ON, or thetale lights are turned on.

• If you hold the illumination controlbutton ("+" or "-"), the brightnesswill be changed continuously.

• If the brightness reaches to themaximum or minimum level, analarm will sound.

LCD Display Control

The LCD display modes can bechanged by using the control buttonson the steering wheel.

(1) : MODE button for changingmodes or SELECT buttonfor setting the selected item

(2) : MOVE button for changingitems or RESET button forresetting the selected item

❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCDDisplay” in this chapter.

OVG043052

OXM043124

OVG043302E

OVG043303E

■ Type A

■ Type B


544

GaugesSpeedometer

The speedometer indicates thespeed of the vehicle and is calibratedin miles per hour (mph) and/or kilo-meters per hour (km/h).

Tachometer

The tachometer indicates theapproximate number of engine revo-lutions per minute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the cor-rect shift points and to prevent lug-ging and/or over-revving the engine.

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine with-in the tachometer's RED ZONE.This may cause severe enginedamage.

OVG043055

OVG043056

■ Type A

OVG043053L

OVG043054

■ Type A

■ Type B

■ Type B

4 55


Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge

This gauge indicates the tempera-ture of the engine coolant when theignition switch or Engine Start/Stopbutton is ON.

Fuel Gauge

This gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in thefuel tank.

CAUTIONIf the gauge pointer movesbeyond the normal range areatoward the “H” position, it indi-cates overheating that maydamage the engine.Do not continue driving with anoverheated engine. If your vehi-cle overheats, refer to “If theEngine Overheats” in chapter 6. OVG043059

OVG043060

■ Type A

■ Type B

■ Type A

■ Type B

OVG043058

OVG043057


564

✽✽ NOTICE• The fuel tank capacity is given in

chapter 8.• The fuel gauge is supplemented by

a low fuel warning light, whichwill illuminate when the fuel tankis nearly empty.

• On inclines or curves, the fuelgauge pointer may fluctuate or thelow fuel warning light may comeon earlier than usual due to themovement of fuel in the tank.

✽✽ NOTICE - Fuel GaugeRunning out of fuel can expose vehi-cle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain additionalfuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to the“E (Empty)” level.

✽✽ NOTICEFuel display may not be accurate ifyou are filling in sloping places.

CAUTIONAvoid driving with an extremelylow fuel level. Running out offuel could cause the engine tomisfire damaging the catalyticconverter.

4 57


Odometer

The odometer Indicates the total dis-tance that the vehicle has been driv-en and should be used to determinewhen periodic maintenance shouldbe performed.- Odometer range : 0 ~ 999999 kilo-

meters or miles.

Outside Temperature Gauge

This gauge indicates the current out-side air temperatures by 1°C (1°F).- Temperature range : -40°C ~ 60°C

(-40°F ~ 140°F)

The outside temperature on the dis-play may not change immediatelylike a general thermometer to pre-vent the driver from being inattentive.The temperature unit (from °F to °Cor from °C to °F) can be changed byusing the “User Settings” mode of theLCD display.

❈ For more details, refer to “LCDDisplay” in this chapter.OVG043061

OVG043062

■ Type A

■ Type B

OVG043063

OVG043064

■ Type A

■ Type B


584

Transaxle Shift IndicatorAutomatic Transaxle ShiftIndicator

This indicator displays which auto-matic transaxle shift lever is selected.

• Park : P• Reverse : R• Neutral : N• Drive : D • Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

OVG043065

OVG043066

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 59


LCD ModesLCD DISPLAY

Modes Symbol

ExplanationType A Type B

Trip Computer This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on. For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.

ASCC/LDWS(if equipped) -

This mode displays the state of the Advanced Smart Cruise Control system(ASCC) and Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS).For more details, refer to "Advanced Smart Cruise Control system (ASCC)" or "Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)" in chapter 5.

A/V This mode displays the state of the A/V system.

Turn By Turn(if equipped) - This mode displays the state of the navigation.

Information

This mode informs of service interval (mileage or days).

This mode informs of warning messages related to washer fluid or malfunctionof Blind Spot Detection system (BSD) and so on.

User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps and so on.

❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to "LCD Display Control" in this chapter.


604

Service ModeService in

It calculates and displays when youneed a scheduled maintenanceservice (mileage or days).

If the remaining mileage or timereaches 1,500 km. (900 mi) or 30days, "Service in" message is dis-played for several seconds each timeyou set the ignition switch or EngineStart/Stop Button to the ON position.

Service required

If you do not have your vehicle serv-iced according to the already inputtedservice interval, “Service required”message is displayed for several sec-onds each time you set the ignitionswitch or Engine Start/Stop Button tothe ON position.

OVG043304E

OVG043388E

■ Type A

■ Type B

OVG043387E

OVG043305E

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 61


To reset the service interval to themileage and days you inputted before:- Press the RESET button for

more than 1 second.

Service in OFF

If the service interval is not set,“Service in OFF” message is dis-played on the LCD display.

✽✽ NOTICE If any of the following conditionsoccurs, the mileage and days may beincorrect.- The battery cable is disconnected.- The fuse switch is turned off.- The battery is discharged.

OVG043394E

■ Type A



624

Master Warning Mode

• This warning light informs the driv-er the following situations- Low washer fluid- TPMS- Blind Spot Detection (BSD)

(if equipped)- Fuel cap open- Service required

The Master Warning Light illumi-nates when more than one of theabove warning situations occur. Atthis time, the LCD Modes Icon willchange from ( ) to ( ).If the warning situation is solved, themaster warning light will be turned offand the LCD Modes Icon will bechanged back to its previous icon ( ).(ex : refill the washer fluid)

User Settings ModeDescription

On this mode, you can change set-ting of the doors, lamps, and so on.

DoorAuto Door Lock

• Off:The auto door lock operation willbe deactivated.

• Speed:All doors will be automaticallylocked when the vehicle speedexceeds 15km/h (9.3mph).

• Shift Lever:All doors will be automaticallylocked if the automatic transaxleshift lever is shifted from the P(Park) position to the R (Reverse),N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.

OVG043309E

■ Type A


4 63


Auto Door Unlock

• Off:The auto door unlock operation willbe canceled.

• Key Out or Power Off:All doors will be automaticallyunlocked when the ignition key isremoved from ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop Button is set tothe OFF position.

• Shift Lever:All doors will be automaticallyunlocked if the automatic transaxleshift lever is shifted to the P (Park)position.

Two Press Unlock

• Off:The two press unlock function willbe deactivated.Therefore, all doorswill unlock if the door is unlocked.

• On:The driver’s door will unlock if thedoor is unlocked. When the door isunlocked again within 4 seconds,all doors will unlock.

Lock/Unlock sound

• Off:The Lock/Unlock sound operationwill be deactivated.

• On:When you locking (or unlocking)the door by pressing the lock (orunlock) button on the transmitter ordoor out handle, the confirm soundwill operate.

Horn Feedback

• Off:The Horn feedback operation willbe deactivated.

• On:After locking the door by pressingthe lock button on the transmitter, ifyou press the lock button againwithin 4 seconds, the warningsound will operate once to indicatethat all doors are locked.


644

LampOne touch turn lamp

If this item is checked, the lanechange signals will blink 3, 5 or 7times when the turn signal lever ismoved slightly.

Head Lamp Delay

If this item is checked, the headlampdelay and headlamp welcome func-tion will be activated.

Welcome Light (if equipped)

If this item is checked, the welcomelight function of the pocket lamp willbe activated.

SettingsTemperature Unit

Convert the temperature unit from °Cto °F or from °F to °C.

Speed Unit (for type B cluster)

Convert the speedometer unit km/hto MPH or MPH to km/hAt this time MPH or km/h unit dis-played in the upper-right corner.

Speedometer Size (for type B cluster)

Adjust the size of the numbers on thecluster you prefer (normal or large)

AVG Fuel Eco Reset

• Auto Reset:The average fuel economy willreset automatically when refueling.

• Manual Reset:The average fuel economy will notreset automatically whenever refu-eling.

For more details, refer to “TripComputer” in this chapter.

Seat Easy Access (if equipped)

If this item is checked, the driver’sseat will automatically move forwardor rearward for the driver to enter orexit the vehicle comfortably.

Steering Easy Access (if equipped)

If this item is checked, the steeringwheel will automatically move upwardor downward for driver to enter or exitthe vehicle comfortably.

Welcome Sound

If this item is checked, the welcomesound function will be activated.

Steering Position

If this item is checked, the warningfunction regarding the steering wheelalignment will be activated.For more details, refer to "WarningMessages" in this chapter.

4 65


Service Interval

On this mode, you can activate theservice interval function with mileage(mi. or km) and period (months).

A/V Mode

This mode displays the state of theA/V system.

Turn By Turn Mode

This mode displays the state of thenavigation.

OVG043072

■ Type A

■ Type BOVG043071 OVG043073E

■ Type B

OVG043310E

■ Type A



664

Warning MessagesShift to "P" position

• This warning message illuminates ifyou try to turn off the engine withoutthe shift lever in P (Park) position.

• At this time, the Engine Start/StopButton turns to the ACC position (Ifyou press the Engine Start/StopButton once more, it will turn to theON position).

Low Key Battery

• This warning message illuminatesif the battery of the smart key isdischarged when the EngineStart/Stop Button changes to theOFF position.

Press start button while turnsteering

• This warning message illuminatesif the steering wheel does notunlock normally when the EngineStart/Stop Button is pressed.

• It means that you should press theEngine Start/Stop Button whileturning the steering wheel rightand left.

OVG043322E

■ Type A


OVG043316E

■ Type A


OVG043396E

■ Type A


4 67


Steering wheel unlocked

• This warning message illuminatesif the steering wheel does not lockwhen the Engine Start/Stop Buttonchanges to the OFF position.

Check steering wheel lock system

• This warning message illuminatesif the steering wheel does not locknormally when the EngineStart/Stop Button changes to theOFF position.

Press brake pedal to start engine

• This warning message illuminatesif the Engine Start/Stop Buttonchanges to the ACC position twiceby pressing the button repeatedlywithout depressing the brake pedal.

• It means that you should depressthe brake pedal to start the engine.

OVG043390E

■ Type A


OVG043392E

■ Type A


OVG043326E

■ Type A



684

Key not in vehicle

• This warning message illuminatesif the smart key is not in the vehiclewhen you press the EngineStart/Stop Button.

• It means that you should alwayshave the smart key with you.

Key not detected

• This warning message illuminatesif the smart key is not detectedwhen you press the EngineStart/Stop Button.

Press start button again

• This warning message illuminatesif you can not operate the EngineStart/Stop Button when there is aproblem with the Engine Start/StopButton system.

• It means that you could start theengine by pressing the EngineStart/ Stop Button once more.

OVG043312E

■ Type A


OVG043314E

■ Type A


OVG043318E

■ Type A


4 69


• If the warning illuminates eachtime you press the EngineStart/Stop Button, have your vehi-cle inspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

Press start button with smart key

• This warning message illuminatesif you press the Engine Start/StopButton while the warning message“Key not detected” is illuminating.

• At this time, the immobilizer indica-tor light blinks.

Check fuse "BRAKE SWITCH"

• This warning message illuminatesif the brake switch fuse is discon-nected.

• It means that you should replacethe fuse with a new one. If that isnot possible, you can start theengine by pressing the EngineStart/Stop Button for 10 seconds inthe ACC position.

OVG043320E

■ Type A


OVG043330E

■ Type A



704

Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine

• This warning message illuminatesif you try to start the engine withthe shift lever not in the P (Park) orN (Neutral) position.

✽✽ NOTICEYou can start the engine with theshift lever in the N (Neutral) position.But, for your safety, we recommendthat you start the engine with theshift lever in the P (Park) position.

Door Open

• It means that any door is open.

OVG043324E

■ Type A


OVG043334E

■ Type A


4 71


Trunk Open

• It means that the trunk is open.

Sunroof Open (if equipped)

• The warning message illuminatesif you turn off the engine and thenopen the driver's door when thesunroof is open.

Align steering wheel

• This warning message illuminatesif you start the engine when thesteering wheel is turned to morethan 90 degrees to the left or right.

• It means that you should turn thesteering wheel and make the angleof the steering wheel be less than30 degrees.

OVG043336E

■ Type A


OVG043338E

■ Type A


OVG043340E

■ Type A



724

Low Washer Fluid

• This warning message illuminateson the service reminder mode ifthe washer fluid level in the reser-voir is nearly empty.

• It means that you should refill thewasher fluid.

Turn on "FUSE SWITCH"

• This warning message illuminatesif the fuse switch on the fuse box isOFF.

• It means that you should turn thefuse switch on.

For more details, refer to “Fuses” inchapter 7.

OVG043332E

■ Type A


OVG043328E

■ Type A


4 73


OverviewDescriptionThe trip computer is a microcomput-er-controlled driver information sys-tem that displays information relatedto driving.

✽✽ NOTICESome driving information stored inthe trip computer (for exampleAverage Vehicle Speed) resets if thebattery is disconnected.

Trip Modes Fuel EconomyTRIP COMPUTER

• Tripmeter [A]

• Average Vehicle Speed [A]

• Elapsed Time [A]

TRIP A

• Tripmeter [B]

• Average Vehicle Speed [B]

• Elapsed Time [B]

TRIP B

• Distance To Empty

• Average Fuel Economy

• Instant Fuel Economy

FUEL ECONOMY

To change the trip mode, press theMOVE button .

■ Type A

OVG043067C

OVG043069C

■ Type B


744

Range (1)• The range is the estimated dis-

tance the vehicle can be drivenwith the remaining fuel.- Distance range : 50 ~ 9999 km or

30 ~ 9999 mi.• If the estimated distance is below

50 km. (30 mi), the trip computer willdisplay “---” as range.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground

or the battery power has beeninterrupted, the range functionmay not operate correctly.

• The range may differ from theactual driving distance as it is anestimate of the available drivingdistance.

• The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 6 liters(1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to thevehicle.

• The fuel economy and range mayvary significantly based on drivingconditions, driving habits, and con-dition of the vehicle.

Average Fuel Economy (2)• The average fuel economy is calcu-

lated by the total driving distanceand fuel consumption since the lastaverage fuel economy reset.- Fuel economy range: L/100km or

0.0 ~ 99.9 MPG• The average fuel economy can be

reset both manually and automati-cally.

Manual reset

To clear the average fuel economymanually, press the RESET button on the steering wheel for more than 1second when the average fuel econo-my is displayed.

Automatic reset

To make the average fuel economybe reset automatically whenever refu-eling, select the “Auto Reset” mode inUser Setting menu of the LCD display(Refer to “LCD Display”).Under “Auto Reset” mode, the aver-age fuel economy will be cleared tozero (---) when the vehicle speedexceeds 1 km/h after refueling morethan 1.6 gallons (6 liters).

✽✽ NOTICEThe average fuel economy is not dis-played for more accurate calculationif the vehicle does not drive morethan 300 meters (0.19 miles) sincethe Engine Start/Stop button isturned to ON.

4 75


Instant Fuel Economy (3)• This mode displays the instant fuel

economy during the last few sec-onds when the vehicle speed ismore than 10 km/h (6.2 MPH).- Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 30

L/100km or 0 ~ 50 MPG

Trip A/B Tripmeter (1)• The tripmeter is the total driving dis-

tance since the last tripmeter reset.- Distance range: 0.0 ~ 9999.9 km

or mi.• To reset the tripmeter, press the

RESET button on the steeringwheel for more than 1 secondwhen the tripmeter is displayed.

■ Type A

OVG043341C

OVG043386C

■ Type B


764

Average Vehicle Speed (2)• The average vehicle speed is cal-

culated by the total driving dis-tance and driving time since thelast average vehicle speed reset.- Speed range: 0 ~ 999 km/h or MPH

• To reset the average vehicle speed,press the RESET button on thesteering wheel for more than 1 sec-ond when the average vehiclespeed is displayed.

✽✽ NOTICE• The average vehicle speed is not dis-

played if the driving distance is lessthan 300 meters (0.19 miles) sincethe Engine Start/Stop button isturned to ON.

• Even if the vehicle is not in motion,the average vehicle speed keepsgoing while the engine is running.

Elapsed Time (3)• The elapsed time is the total driv-

ing time since the last elapsed timereset.- Time range (hh:mm): 00:00 ~ 99:59

• To reset the elapsed time, press theRESET button on the steeringwheel for more than 1 second whenthe elapsed time is displayed.

✽✽ NOTICEEven if the vehicle is not in motion,the elapsed time keeps going whilethe engine is running.

4 77


Warning lights

✽✽ NOTICE - Warning lightsMake sure that all warning lightsare OFF after starting the engine. Ifany light is still ON, this indicates asituation that needs attention.

Air bag Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop Button to the ONposition.- It illuminates for approximately 6

seconds and then goes off.• When there is a malfunction with

the SRS.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

Seat Belt Warning Light

This warning light informs the driverthat the seat belt is not fastened.For more details, refer to the “SeatBelts” in chapter 3.

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS


784

Parking Brake & BrakeFluid Warning Light



seconds- It remains on if the parking brake

is applied.• When the parking brake is applied.• When the brake fluid level in the

reservoir is low.- If the warning light illuminates

with the parking brake released, itindicates the brake fluid level inreservoir is low.

If the brake fluid level in the reservoiris low:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safelocation and stop your vehicle.

2. With the engine stopped, check thebrake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required (For more details,refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 7).Then check all brake componentsfor fluid leaks. If any leaks in thebrake system is still found, thewarning light remains on, or thebrakes do not operate properly, donot drive the vehicle.In this case, have your vehicle towedto an authorized Kia Premium deal-er and inspected.

Dual-diagonal braking system

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diagonal braking systems. Thismeans you still have braking on twowheels even if one of the dual sys-tems should fail.With only one of the dual systemsworking, more than normal pedaltravel and greater pedal pressure arerequired to stop the vehicle.Also, the vehicle will not stop in asshort a distance with only a portionof the brake system working.If the brakes fail while you are driv-ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-al engine braking and stop the vehi-cle as soon as it is safe to do so.Driving the vehicle with a warninglight ON is dangerous. If the ParkingBrake & Brake Fluid Warning Lightilluminates with the parking brakereleased, it indicates that the brakefluid level is low.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

4 79


Anti-lock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light




the ABS (The normal braking sys-tem will still be operational withoutthe assistance of the anti-lockbrake system).In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

ElectronicBrake forceDistribution(EBD) SystemWarning LightThese two warning lights illuminate atthe same time while driving:

• When the ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

WARNING - ElectronicBrake force Distribution(EBD) System Warning Light

When both ABS and ParkingBrake & Brake Fluid WarningLights are on, the brake systemwill not work normally and youmay experience an unexpectedand dangerous situation duringsudden braking thereby increas-ing the risk of a crash or injury.In this case, avoid high speeddriving and abrupt braking.Have your vehicle inspected byan authorized Kia Premiumdealer as soon as possible.


804

✽✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brakeforce Distribution(EBD) SystemWarning Light

When the ABS Warning Light is onor both ABS and Parking Brake &Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on,the speedometer, odometer, or trip-meter may not work. Also, the EPSWarning Light may illuminate andthe steering effort may increase ordecrease.In this case, have your vehicle inspect-ed by an authorized Kia Premiumdealer as soon as possible.

Electronic PowerSteering (EPS) WarningLight


• Once you set the ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop Button to the ONposition.- It remains on until the engine is

started.• When there is a malfunction with

the EPS.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (MIL)




the emission control system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

CAUTION - MalfunctionIndicatorLamp (MIL)

Driving with the MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (MIL) on maycause damage to the emissioncontrol systems which couldeffect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

4 81


Charging SystemWarning Light




either the alternator or electricalcharging system.

If there is a malfunction with eitherthe alternator or electrical chargingsystem:


2. Turn the engine off and check thealternator drive belt for loosenessor breakage.If the belt is adjusted properly,there may be a problem in theelectrical charging system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer as soon as possi-ble.

CAUTION - Catalytic con-verter

If the Malfunction IndicatorLamp (MIL) illuminates, poten-tial catalytic converter damageis possible which could result inloss of engine power.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer as soon as pos-sible.


824

Engine Oil PressureWarning Light



started.• When the engine oil pressure is low.

If the engine oil pressure is low:


2. Turn the engine off and check theengine oil level (For more details,refer to “Engine Oil” in section 7). Ifthe level is low, add oil as required.If the warning light remains onafter adding oil or if oil is not avail-able, have your vehicle inspectedby an authorized Kia Premiumdealer as soon as possible.

• If the warning light stays on whilethe engine is running, it indicatesthat there may be serious enginedamage or malfunction. In this case,1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is

safe to do so.2. Turn off the engine and check the

oil level. If the oil level is low, fillthe engine oil to the proper level.

3. Start the engine again. If thewarning light stays on after theengine is started, turn theengine off immediately. In thiscase, have your vehicle inspect-ed by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

Low Fuel Level WarningLight


When the fuel tank is nearly empty.

If the fuel tank is nearly empty:

Add fuel as soon as possible.

CAUTION - Low FuelLevel

Driving with the Low Fuel Levelwarning light on or with the fuellevel below “0 or E” can causethe engine to misfire and dam-age the catalytic converter (ifequipped).

CAUTION - Engine dam-age

If the engine does not stopimmediately after the engine oilpressure warning light is illumi-nated and stays on while theengine is running, seriousengine damage may result.

4 83


Low Tire PressureWarning Light(if equipped)



seconds and then goes off.• When one or more of your tires are

significantly underinflated (Thelocation of the underinflated tiresare displayed on the LCD display).For more details, refer to “TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in chapter 6.

This warning light remains on afterblinking for approximately 60 secondsor repeats blinking and off at theintervals of approximately 3 seconds:

• When there is a malfunction withthe TPMS.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer as soon as possi-ble.For more details, refer to “TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in chapter 6.

• The TPMS cannot alert you tosevere and sudden tire damagecaused by external factors.

• If you notice any vehicle instability,immediately take your foot off theaccelerator pedal, apply the brakesgradually with light force, and slow-ly move to a safe position off theroad.

WARNING - Low tire pressure

• Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstableand can contribute to loss ofvehicle control and increasedbraking distances.

• Continued driving or low pres-sure tires will cause the tires tooverheat and fail.


844

Door Ajar Warning Light


When a door is not closed securely.

Trunk Open WarningLight


When the trunk is not closed securely.

Adaptive Front LightingSystem (AFLS) WarningLight (if equipped)

This warning light blinks:

• Once you set the EngineStart/Stop Button to the ON posi-tion.- It illuminates for approximately 3


the AFLS.

If there is a malfunction with the AFLS:


2. Turn the engine off and restart theengine. If the warning light remainson, have your vehicle inspected byan authorized Kia Premium dealer.

Master Warning light

• This warning light informs the driv-er the following situations- Low washer fluid- TPMS- Blind Spot Detection (BSD)

(if equipped)- Fuel cap open- Service required

The Master Warning Light illumi-nates when more than one of theabove warning situations occur. Atthis time, the LCD Modes Icon willchange from ( ) to ( ).If the warning situation is solved, themaster warning light will be turned offand the LCD Modes Icon will bechanged back to its previous icon ( ).(ex : refill the washer fluid)

AFLS

4 85


Electric Parking Brake(EPB) Warning Light(if equipped)




the EPB.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

✽✽ NOTICE - Electric ParkingBrake (EPB)Warning Light

The Electric Parking Brake (EPB)Warning Light may illuminateswhen the Electronic Stability control(ESC) Indicator Light comes on toindicates that the ESC is not work-ing properly (This does not indicatemalfunction of the EPB).

AUTO HOLD IndicatorLight (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• [White] When you activate the autohold system by pressing the AUTOHOLD button.

• [Green] When you stop the vehiclecompletely by depressing thebrake pedal with the auto hold sys-tem activated.

• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-tion with the auto hold system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

❈ For more details, refer to “AutoHold” in chapter 5.

EPB AUTOHOLD


864

Indicator LightsElectronic StabilityControl (ESC) IndicatorLightThis indicator light illuminates:



the ESC system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

This indicator light blinks:

While the ESC is operating.

For more details, refer to “ElectronicStability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5.

Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) OFFIndicator Light



seconds and then goes off.• When you deactivate the ESC sys-

tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-ton.

For more details, refer to “ElectronicStability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5.

Advanced Smart CruiseControl (ASCC) WarningLight (if equipped)This warning light illuminates:

• When there is a malfunction withadvanced smart cruise control sys-tem.

In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

Advanced Smart CruiseControl (ASCC) RadarWarning Light(if equipped)This warning light illuminates:

• When the radar of the advancedsmart cruise control system or itscover is stained.

Remove the stains with a soft cloth

❈ For more details, refer to“Advanced Smart Cruise Control(ASCC) System” in chapter 5.

4 87


Immobilizer IndicatorLight (With Smart Key)

This indicator light illuminates for upto 30 seconds:

• When the vehicle detects thesmart key in the vehicle properlywhile the Engine Start/Stop Buttonis ACC or ON.- At this time, you can start the

engine.- The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks for a fewseconds:

• When the smart key is not in thevehicle.- At this time, you can not start the

engine.

This indicator light illuminates for 2seconds and goes off:

• When the vehicle can not detectthe smart key which is in the vehi-cle while the Engine Start/StopButton is ON.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.


• When the battery of the smart keyis weak.- At this time, you can not start the

engine. However, you can startthe engine if you press the EngineStart/Stop Button with the smartkey. (For more details, refer to“Starting the Engine” in section 5).

• When there is a malfunction withthe immobilizer system.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

Turn Signal IndicatorLight


• When you turn the turn signal lighton.

If any of the following occurs, theremay be a malfunction with the turnsignal system. In this case, have yourvehicle inspected by an authorizedKia Premium dealer.

- The indicator light does not blinkbut illuminates.

- The indicator light blinks morerapidly.

- The indicator light does not illumi-nate at all.


884

High Beam IndicatorLight


• When the headlights are on and inthe high beam position

• When the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

Light ON Indicator Light


• When the tail lights or headlightsare on.

Front Fog IndicatorLight


• When the front fog lights are on.

Washer Fluid WarningLight


• When the washer fluid level in thereservoir is nearly empty.In this case, you should refill thewasher fluid.

Cruise Indicator Light


• When the cruise control system isenabled.

For more details, refer to “CruiseControl System” in chapter 5.

CRUISE

4 89


Cruise SET IndicatorLight


• When the cruise control speed is set.

For more details, refer to “CruiseControl System” in chapter 5.

SET


904

The back-up warning system assiststhe driver during backward move-ment of the vehicle by chiming if anyobject is sensed within a distance of120 cm (47 in.) behind the vehicle.This system is a supplemental sys-tem and it is not intended to nor doesit replace the need for extreme careand attention of the driver. The sens-ing range and objects detectable bythe back sensors are limited.Whenever backing-up, pay as muchattention to what is behind you asyou would in a vehicle without aback-up warning system.

Operation of the back-up warn-ing systemOperating condition• This system will activate when

backing up with the ignition switchON.If the vehicle is moving at a speedover 5 km/h (3 mph), the systemmay not be activated correctly.

• The sensing distance while theback-up warning system is in oper-ation is approximately 120 cm (47in.) at the rear bumper center area,60 cm (23.5 in.) at the rear bumperboth side area.

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the clos-est one will be recognized first.

BACK-UP WARNING SYSTEM

OVG043101Sensors

WARNING - Back-upWarning System

Never rely solely on the Back-upWarning system. Always per-form a visual inspection to makesure the vehicle is clear of allobstructions before moving thevehicle in any direction. Stopimmediately if you are aware ofa child anywhere near your vehi-cle. Some objects may not bedetected by the sensors, due tothe object's size or material.

4 91


Types of warning sound and indi-cator

✽✽ NOTICEIt may not operate if it’s distancefrom the object is already less thanapproximately 10 in when the sys-tem is ON.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the indicator blinks, the systemmust be checked by an authorizedKia Premium dealer.

Non-operational conditions ofback-up warning systemThe back-up warning system maynot operate properly when:1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It

will operate normally when themoisture has been cleared.)

2. The sensor is covered with foreignmatter, such as snow or water, orthe sensor cover is blocked. (It willoperate normally when the materi-al is removed or the sensor is nolonger blocked.)

3. Driving on uneven road surfaces(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps,gradient).

4. Objects generating excessivenoise (vehicle horns, loud motor-cycle engines, or truck air brakes)are within range of the sensor.

5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.6. Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones are within range of thesensor.

7. The sensor is covered with snow.8. Trailer towing

Types of warning soundIndicator

Type A Type B

When an object is 120 cm to61 cm (47 in to 24 in) fromthe rear bumper:Buzzer beeps intermittently.

When an object is 60 cm to31 cm (23 in to 12 in) fromthe rear bumper:Buzzer beeps more frequently.

When an object is within30 cm (11 in.) of the rearbumper:Buzzer sounds continuously.


924

The detecting range may decreasewhen:1. The sensor is stained with foreign

matter such as snow or water.(The sensing range will return tonormal when removed.)

2. Outside air temperature isextremely hot or cold.

The following objects may not berecognized by the sensor:1. Sharp or slim objects such as

ropes, chains or small poles.2. Objects which tend to absorb the

sensor frequency such as clothes,spongy material or snow.

3. Undetectable objects smaller than1 m (40 in.) in height and narrowerthan 14 cm (6 in.) in diameter.

Back-up warning system pre-cautions• The back-up warning system may

not sound sequentially dependingon the speed and shapes of theobjects detected.

• The back-up warning system maymalfunction if the vehicle bumperheight or sensor installation hasbeen modified or damaged. Anynon-factory installed equipment oraccessories may also interfere withthe sensor performance.

• The sensor may not recognizeobjects less than 30 cm (11 in.)from the sensor, or it may sense anincorrect distance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is frozen orstained with snow, dirt, or water,the sensor may be inoperative untilthe stains are removed using a softcloth.

• Do not push, scratch or strike thesensor. Sensor damage couldoccur.

✽✽ NOTICEThis system can only sense objectswithin the range and location of thesensors; It can not detect objects inother areas where sensors are notinstalled. Also, small or slim objects,such as poles or objects locatedbetween sensors may not be detectedby the sensors.Always visually check behind thevehicle when backing up.Be sure to inform any drivers of thevehicle that may be unfamiliar withthe system regarding the systemscapabilities and limitations.

4 93


Self-diagnosisIf you don’t hear an audible warningsound or if the buzzer sounds inter-mittently when shifting the shift leverinto the R (Reverse) position, thismay indicate a malfunction in theparking assist system. If this occurs,the system be checked by an author-ized Kia Premium dealer.Your new vehicle warranty does notcover any accidents or damage tothe vehicle or injuries to its occu-pants due to a back-up warning sys-tem malfunction. Always drive safelyand cautiously.

WARNING - Back-upWarning System

Never rely solely on the back-upwarning system when backingup. Always perform a visualinspection to make sure thevehicle is clear of all obstruc-tions before moving the vehiclein any direction. Stop immedi-ately if you are aware of a childanywhere near your vehicle.Some objects may not bedetected by the sensors, due tothe object's size or material.


944

The rearview camera display will acti-vate when the back-up light is ONwith the ignition switch ON and theshift lever in the R (Reverse) position.This system is a supplemental sys-tem that shows behind the vehiclethrough the AVN monitor while back-ing-up.

The rearview camera is not a substi-tute for proper and safe backing-upprocedures. Always drive safely anduse caution when backing up. Therearview camera may not displayevery object behind the vehicle.❈ If your vehicle is equipped with

AVN(Audio, Video and Navigation)system, rearview display will showbehind the vehicle through theAVN monitor while backing-up.Refer to a separately suppliedmanual for detailed information.

REARVIEW CAMERA DISPLAY

OVG043107

OVG043106L

WARNING - Backing Up &Using Camera

Never rely solely on the rearview camera display whenbacking up. Prior to enteringyour vehicle always do a visualcheck of the area behind yourvehicle, and before backing upbe aware of your surroundingsand supplement the rear viewcamera by looking over yourshoulders and checking yourrear view mirrors. Due to the dif-ficulty of ensuring that the areabehind you remains clear,always back up slowly and stopimmediately if you even suspectthat a person, and especially achild, might be behind you.

4 95


Welcome light (if equipped)

When all the doors (and trunk) arelocked and closed, the puddle lampwill come on for about 15 seconds ifany of the below is performed.

• Without smart key system- When the door unlock button is

pressed on the transmitter.• With the smart key system

- When the door unlock button ispressed on the smart key.

- When the button of the outsidedoor handle is pressed.

- When the vehicle is approachedwith the smart key in possession.

Also, if the outside rearview mirrorfolding switch is in the AUTO posi-tion, the outside rearview mirror willunfold automatically.

Interior light When the interior light switch is in theDOOR position and all doors (andtrunk) are locked and closed, theroom lamp will come on for 30 sec-onds if any of the below is performed.When the door unlock button ispressed on the smart key.When the button of the outside doorhandle is pressed.

At this time, if you press the door lockor unlock button, the room lamp willturn off immediately.

WELCOME SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OVG045191N


964

The hazard warning flasher shouldbe used whenever you find it neces-sary to stop the car in a hazardouslocation. When you must make suchan emergency stop, always pull offthe road as far as possible.The hazard warning lights are turnedon by pressing in the hazard switch.Both turn signal lights will blink. Thehazard warning lights will operateeven though the key is not in the igni-tion switch. To turn the hazard warn-ing lights off, push the switch again.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OVG065001N

4 97


Battery saver function • The purpose of this feature is to

prevent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the parking lights whenthe driver removes the ignition key(smart key: turns off the engine)and opens the driver-side door.

• With this feature, the parking lightswill be turned off automatically ifthe driver parks on the side of roadat night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed,(smart key: turns off the engine)perform the following:1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and

ON again using the light switchon the steering column.

Headlight escort function (if equipped)The headlights (and/or parking lights)will remain on for approximately 5 min-utes after the ignition key is removedor turned to the ACC or LOCK posi-tion. However, if the driver’s door isopened and closed, the headlights areturned off after 15 seconds.The headlights can be turned off bypressing the lock button on the trans-mitter (or smart key) twice or turningoff the light switch from the headlightor Auto light position.If the driver gets out of the vehiclethrough other doors (except driver'sdoor), the battery saver functiondoes not operate and the headlightescort function does not turn offautomatically causing the battery tobe discharged. In this case, makesure to turn off the headlights beforegetting out of the vehicle.

Daytime running light The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)can make it easier for others to seethe front of your vehicle during theday. DRL can be helpful in many dif-ferent driving conditions, and it isespecially helpful after dawn andbefore sunset.• The DRL system turns ON when:

1. The headlight switch is OFF orthe taillight switch is ON.

2. The parking brake is released.

• The DRL system turns OFF when:1. The headlight switch is ON.2. The engine is OFF.3. The parking brake is applied.

LIGHTING


984

Lighting control

The light switch has a Headlight anda Parking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob atthe end of the control lever to one ofthe following positions:(1) OFF/O position(2) Auto light position(3) Parking light position(4) Headlight position

Parking light position ( )

When the light switch is in the park-ing light position, the tail, license andinstrument panel lights will turn ON.

Headlight position ( )

When the light switch is in the head-light position, the head, tail, licenseand instrument panel lights will turnON.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in theON position to turn on the head-lights.

OKH042189 OKH042191 OKH042192

4 99


Auto light/AFLS position

When the light switch is in the AUTOlight position, the taillights and head-lights will be turned ON or OFF auto-matically depending on the amountof light outside the vehicle.

If your vehicle is equipped with theadaptive front lighting system(AFLS), it will also operate when theheadlamp is ON.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle has window tint orother types of coating on the frontwindshield, the Auto light systemmay not work properly.

AFLS (Adaptive Front LightingSystem) (if equipped)

Adaptive front lighting system usesthe steering angle and vehicle speed,to keep your field of vision wide byswiveling and leveling the headlamp.Change the switch to the AUTO posi-tion when the engine is running. Theadaptive front lighting system willoperate when the headlamp is ON.To turn off the AFLS, change theswitch to other positions. After turn-ing the AFLS off, headlamp swivelingno longer occurs, but leveling oper-ates continuously.

CAUTION• Never place anything over the

sensor (1) located on theinstrument panel, this willensure better auto-light sys-tem control.

• Don’t clean the sensor using awindow cleaner, the cleanermay leave a light film whichcould interfere with sensoroperation.

OKH042187

OVG043181


1004

If the AFLS malfunction indicatorcomes on, the AFLS is not workingproperly. Drive to the nearest safelocation and restart the engine. If theindicator is still on, have the systemchecked by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

High beam operation

To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull itback for low beams.The high beam indicator will lightwhen the headlight high beams areswitched on.To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not leave the lightson for a prolonged time while theengine is not running.

OVG043390L

■ Type A ■ Type B

WARNINGDo not use high beam whenthere are other vehicles. Usinghigh beam could obstruct theother driver’s vision.

OKH042194

4 101


To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the nor-mal (low beam) position whenreleased. The headlight switch doesnot need to be on to use this flashingfeature.

Turn signals and lane changesignals

The ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn onthe turn signals, move the lever up ordown (A). The green arrow indicatorson the instrument panel indicatewhich turn signal is operating.

They will self-cancel after a turn iscompleted. If the indicator continuesto flash after a turn, manually returnthe lever to the OFF position.To signal a lane change, move theturn signal lever slightly and hold it inposition (B). The lever will return tothe OFF position when released.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, oneof the turn signal bulbs may beburned out and will require replace-ment.

OKH042193

OKH042196


1024

One-touch lane change functionTo activate an one-touch lanechange function, move the turn sig-nal lever slightly and then release it.The lane change signals will blink 3,5 or 7 times.You can choose one-touch lanechange blinking function in “Onetouch turn lamp” of “User setting”.Refer to “User setting” in chapter 4.

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormallyquick or slow, a bulb may be burnedout or have a poor electrical connec-tion in the circuit.

Front fog light

Fog lights are used to provideimproved visibility and avoid acci-dents when visibility is poor due tofog, rain or snow etc. The fog lightswill turn on when fog light switch (1)is turned to ON after low beam lightis turned on.To turn off the fog lights, turn theswitch to OFF.

When in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor or unnec-essary battery and generator draincould occur.

OKH042197

4 103


Headlight leveling device (if equipped)Automatic typeTo ensure the proper headlight beamis used under various conditions, theheadlight beam levels are automati-cally adjusted depending on the num-ber of passengers, the weight in thetrunk, and other driving conditions.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the automatic headlight levelingdevice is not working properly haveyour vehicle inspected by an author-ized Kia Premium dealer.


1044

WIPERS AND WASHERSWindshield wiper/washer

A : Wiper speed control· MIST – Single wipe· OFF – Off· INT – Intermittent wipe

AUTO – Auto control wipe*· LO – Low wiper speed· HI – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent or Auto controlwipe time adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes** : if equipped

Windshield wipers

Operates as follows when the igni-tion switch is turned ON.

MIST : For a single wiping cycle,push the lever upward andrelease it with the lever in theOFF position. The wipers willoperate continuously if thelever is pushed upward andheld.

OFF : Wiper is not in operation

INT : Wiper operates intermittently atthe same wiping intervals. Usethis mode in a light rain or mist.To vary the speed setting, turnthe speed control knob(1).In this position, the wiping inter-vals are also varied automati-cally depending on your vehiclespeed. (if equipped)

LO : Normal wiper speedHI : Fast wiper speed

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation ofsnow or ice on the windshield, defrostthe windshield for about 10 minutes,or until the snow and/or ice isremoved before using the windshieldwipers to ensure proper operation.

OVG043382 OKH042198

4 105


Auto control (if equipped)

The rain sensor located on the upperend of the windshield glass sensesthe amount of rainfall and controls thewiping cycle for the proper interval.The more it rains, the faster the wiperoperates. When the rain stops, thewiper stops.To vary the speed setting, turn thespeed control knob (1).If the wiper switch is set in AUTOmode when the ignition switch is ON,the wiper will operate once to per-form a self-check of the system. Setthe wiper to OFF position when thewiper is not in use.

OVG043384

RRRRaaaa iiiinnnn sssseeeennnnssssoooorrrr

CAUTIONWhen washing the vehicle, setthe wiper switch in the OFFposition to stop the auto wiperoperation.The wiper may operate and bedamaged if the switch is set inthe AUTO mode while washingthe vehicle.Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of thepassenger side windshieldglass. Damage to system partscould occur and may not be cov-ered by your vehicle warranty.When starting the vehicle inwinter, set the wiper switch inthe OFF position. Otherwise,wipers may operate and ice maydamage the windshield wiperblades. Always remove all snowand ice and defrost the wind-shield properly prior to operat-ing the windshield wipers.

CAUTIONWhen the ignition switch is ONand the windshield wiper switchis placed in the AUTO mode, usecaution in the following situa-tions to avoid damaging the rainsensors on the windshield:• Do not touch the upper end of

the windshield glass facingthe rain sensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end ofthe windshield glass with adamp or wet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on thewindshield glass.


1064

Windshield washers (if equipped)

In the OFF position, pull the levergently toward you to spray washerfluid on the windshield and to run thewipers 1-3 cycles.Use this function when the wind-shield is dirty.The spray and wiper operation willcontinue until you release the lever.If the washer does not work, checkthe washer fluid level. If the fluid levelis not sufficient, you will need to addappropriate non-abrasive windshieldwasher fluid to the washer reservoir.

The reservoir filler neck is located inthe front of the engine compartmenton the passenger side.Do not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windshield with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze oncontact with the windshield andobscure your vision.

OKH042199

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage

to the wipers or windshield,do not operate the wiperswhen the windshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to thewiper blades, do not use gaso-line, kerosene, paint thinner,or other solvents on or nearthem.

• To prevent damage to thewiper arms and other compo-nents, do not attempt to movethe wipers manually.

CAUTION - Washer pumpTo prevent possible damage tothe washer pump, do not oper-ate the washer when the fluidreservoir is empty.

WARNING - Obscuredvision

Do not use the washer in freez-ing temperatures without firstwarming the windshield withthe defrosters; the washer solu-tion could freeze on contactwith the windshield andobscure your vision.

4 107


INTERIOR LIGHTDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when the engine isnot running.It may cause battery discharge.

Automatic turn off function (if equipped)The interior lights automatically turnoff approximately 20 minutes afterthe ignition switch is turned off.If your vehicle is equipped with thetheft alarm system, the interior lightsautomatically turns off approximately5 seconds after the system is armedstage.

Map lamp

Push the lens to turn the map lampon or off. This light produces a spotbeam for convenient use as a maplamp at night or as a personal lampfor the driver and the front passenger.• DOOR : In the DOOR position, the

map lamp and the roomlamp come on when anydoor is opened regardlessof the ignition switch posi-tion.

OVG049110

WARNING - Interior lightsDo not use the interior lightswhen driving in the dark.Accidents could happenbecause the view may beobscured by interior lights.


1084

When doors are unlocked bythe transmitter (or smartkey), the map lamp and theroom lamp come on forapproximately 30 secondsas long as any door is notopen.The map lamp and the roomlamp goes out graduallyafter approximately 30 sec-onds if the door is closed.However, if the ignitionswitch is ON or all doors arelocked, the map lamp andthe room lamp will turn offimmediately. If a door isopened with the ignitionswitch in the ACC or LOCKposition, the map lamp andthe room lamp stays on forabout 20 minutes. However,if a door is opened with theignition switch in the ONposition, the map lamp andthe room lamp stays on con-tinuously.

• OFF : The lights turn off even if adoor is opened.When the lamp is turnedON by pressing the lens(1), the lamp does not turnoff even if the switch (2) isin the OFF position.

• ON : The map lamp and the roomlamp stay on at all times.

Room lamp

Press the lens to turn the room lampon and off.

OVG045111N

4 109


Trunk room lamp

The trunk room lamp comes onwhen the trunk is opened. The trunklight comes on only with the trunk lidopen. To prevent battery discharge,close the trunk lid securely afteraccessing the trunk.

Door courtesy lamp

The door courtesy lamp comes ONwhen the door is opened to assistentering or exiting the vehicle. It alsoserves as a warning to passing vehi-cles that the vehicle door is open.

Glove box lamp

The glove box lamp comes on whenthe glove box is opened.To prevent unnecessary chargingsystem drain, close the glove boxsecurely after using the glove box.

OVG049112 OVG049114OVG049113


1104

Vanity mirror lamp

Opening the lid of the vanity mirrorwill automatically turn on the mirrorlight.

OHG040128

CAUTION - Vanity mirrorlamp (if equipped)

Always have the switch in theoff position when the vanity mir-ror lamp is not in use. If the sun-visor is closed without the lampoff, it may discharge the batteryor damage the sunvisor.

4 111


DEFROSTER

✽✽ NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to“Windshield Defrosting andDefogging” in this section.

Rear window defroster

The defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice fromthe rear window, while the engine isrunning.To activate the rear windowdefroster, press the rear windowdefroster button located in the centerfacia switch panel.The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.

If there is heavy accumulation ofsnow on the rear window, brush it offbefore operating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automati-cally turns off after approximately 20minutes or when the ignition switch isturned off. To turn off the defroster,press the rear window defroster but-ton again.

Outside rearview mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with theoutside rearview mirror defrosters,they will operate at the same time youturn on the rear window defroster.

Wiper deicer (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with thewiper deicer, it will be operating at thesame time you turn on the rear win-dow defroster.

CAUTION - ConductorsTo prevent damage to the con-ductors bonded to the insidesurface of the rear window,never use sharp instruments orwindow cleaners containingabrasives to clean the window.

OVG043115L


1124

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

OVG044121N

1. Driver’s temperature control button

2. AUTO (automatic control) button

3. Front windshield defroster button

4. Fan speed control button

5. OFF button

6. Rear window defroster button

7. Mode selection button

8. Air intake control button

9. Dual temperature control selection button

10. Passenger's temperature control button

11. Air conditioning button

12. Climate information screen selection button

4 113


Heating and air conditioning 1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired posi-

tion.For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to theoutside (fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turnthe air conditioning system on.

OVG043126


1144

Automatic heating and air condi-tioning

1. Push the AUTO button.The modes,fan speeds, air intake and air-con-ditioning will be controlled automat-ically by temperature setting.

2. Set the temperature control buttonto set the desired temperature.

✽✽ NOTICE• To turn the automatic operation

off, select any button of the follow-ing:- Mode selection button- Air conditioning button- Front windshield defroster but-

ton (Press the button one moretime to deselect the front wind-shield defroster function. The‘AUTO’ sign will illuminate onthe information display onceagain.)

- Air intake control button- Fan speed control buttonThe selected function will be con-trolled manually while other func-tions operate automatically.

• For your convenience and toimprove the effectiveness of theclimate control, use the AUTObutton and set the temperature to23°C (73°F).

✽✽ NOTICENever place anything over the sen-sor located on the instrument panelto ensure better control of the heat-ing and cooling system.

OVG043124L

OVG043122L

4 115


Manual heating and air condi-tioningThe heating and cooling system canbe controlled manually by pushingbuttons other than the AUTO button.In this case, the system workssequentially according to the order ofbuttons selected.When pressing any button except theAUTO button while using automaticoperation, the functions not selectedwill be controlled automatically.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired posi-

tion.To improve the effectiveness ofheating and cooling:- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to theoutside (fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turnthe air conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order toconvert to full automatic control ofthe system.

Mode selection

The mode selection button controlsthe direction of the air flow throughthe ventilation system.The air flow outlet port is convertedas follows:

OVG043125N


1164

Face-Level (B, C, D, E, F)

Air flow is directed toward the upperbody and face. Additionally, each out-let can be controlled to direct the airdischarged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)

Air flow is directed towards the faceand the floor.

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the airbeing directed to the windshield andside window defrosters.

Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor and the windshield with a smallamount directed to the side windowdefrosters.

Defrost-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side windowdefrosters.

Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened orclosed separately using the horizon-tal thumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction ofair delivery from these vents usingthe vent control lever as shown.

OVG043127L OVG043128

4 117


Temperature control

The temperature will increase to themaximum by pushing the up ( )button.The temperature will decrease to theminimum by pushing the down ( )button.When pushing the button, the tem-perature will increase or decrease by0.5°C / 1°F. When set to the lowesttemperature setting, the air condi-tioning will operate continuously.

Adjusting the driver and passengerside temperature individually

1. Press the DUAL button to operatethe driver and passenger sidetemperature individually. Pressingthe right temperature control but-ton will automatically switch to theDUAL mode as well.

2. Operate the left temperature con-trol to adjust the driver side tem-perature. Operate the right tem-perature control to adjust the pas-senger side temperature.

Adjusting the driver and passengerside temperature equally

1. Press the DUAL button again todeactivate DUAL mode. The pas-senger side temperature will beset to the same temperature asthe driver side temperature.

2. Operate the driver side tempera-ture control button. The driver andpassenger side temperature willbe adjusted equally.

Temperature conversion

You can switch the temperaturemode between Centigrade andFahrenheit as follows:While pressing the OFF button,press the AUTO button for 3 secondsor more.The display will change fromCentigrade to Fahrenheit, or fromFahrenheit to Centigrade.If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, the temperature modedisplay will reset to Fahrenheit.

OVG043129

■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side

OVG043130


1184

Air intake control

This is used to select the outside(fresh) air position or recirculated airposition.To change the air intake control posi-tion, press the control button.

Recirculated air position

With the recirculated airposition selected, airfrom the passengercompartment will bedrawn through the heat-ing system and heatedor cooled according tothe function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position

With the outside (fresh)air position selected, airenters the vehicle fromoutside and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater inthe recirculated air position (with-out air conditioning selected) maycause fogging of the windshield andside windows and the air within thepassenger compartment maybecome stale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculatedair position selected will result inexcessively dry air in the passengercompartment.

OVG043131N

4 119


✽✽ NOTICEDriving on high speed with therecirculation air position mode,fresh air may enter the vehicle toventilate the inside air.

Fan speed control

The fan speed can be set to thedesired speed by operating the fanspeed control button.To change the fan speed, press theupper button ( ) for higher speed, orpress the lower button ( ) for lowerspeed.Pressing the OFF button turns off thefan.

OVG043132L

WARNING - ReducedVisibility

Continuous use of the climatecontrol system in the recirculat-ed air position may allowhumidity to increase inside thevehicle which may fog the glassand obscure visibility.

WARNING - RecirculatedAir

Continue using the climate con-trol system in the recirculatedair position can cause drowsi-ness or sleepiness, and loss ofvehicle control. Set the airintake control to the outside(fresh) air position as much aspossible while driving.

WARNING - Sleeping withAC on

Do not sleep in a vehicle withthe air conditioning or heatingsystem on as this may causeserious harm or death due to adrop in the oxygen level and/orbody temperature.


1204

✽✽ NOTICEFor better sound quality, fan speedmay automatically slow down, whenyou activate Voice recognition orHands free.- This function will be deactivated in

a few minutes.

Air conditioning

Press the A/C button to turn the airconditioning system on (indicatorlight will illuminate).Press the button again to turn the airconditioning system off.

OFF mode

Press the OFF button to turn off theair climate control system. However,you can still operate the mode andair intake buttons as long as the igni-tion switch is in the ON position.

OVG043134LOVG043133N

4 121


Climate information screen selec-tion (if equipped)

Press the climate information screenselection button to display climateinformation on the screen.

System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired,

turn the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set themode to the or position.

Operation Tips

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumesfrom entering the vehicle throughthe ventilation system, temporarilyset the air intake control to therecirculated air position. Be sure toreturn the control to the fresh airposition when the irritation haspassed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driv-er alert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling systemis drawn in through the grilles justahead of the windshield. Careshould be taken that these are notblocked by leaves, snow, ice orother obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control tothe fresh air position and fan speedto the desired position, turn on theair conditioning system, and adjustthe temperature control to desiredtemperature.

OVG043135N


1224

Air conditioningKia Air Conditioning Systems arefilled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant.1. Start the engine. Press the air con-

ditioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the

outside air or recirculated air posi-tion.

4. Adjust the fan speed control andtemperature control to maintainmaximum comfort.

Air conditioning system operation tips

• If the vehicle has been parked indirect sunlight during hot weather,open the windows for a short timeto let the hot air inside the vehicleescape.

• To help reduce moisture inside ofthe windows on rainy or humiddays, decrease the humidity insidethe vehicle by operating the airconditioning system.

• During air conditioning systemoperation, you may occasionallynotice a slight change in enginespeed as the air conditioning com-pressor cycles. This is a normalsystem operation characteristic.

• Use the air conditioning systemevery month only for a few minutesto ensure maximum system per-formance.

CAUTION - A/C Use• When using the air condition-

ing system, monitor the tem-perature gauge closely whiledriving up hills or in heavytraffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air condition-ing system operation maycause engine overheating.Continue to use the blower fanbut turn the air conditioningsystem off if the temperaturegauge indicates engine over-heating.

• When opening the windows inhumid weather air condition-ing may create water dropletsinside the vehicle. Sinceexcessive water droplets maycause damage to electricalequipment, air conditioningshould only be used with thewindows closed.

4 123


• When using the air conditioningsystem, you may notice clear waterdripping (or even puddling) on theground under the passenger sideof the vehicle. This is a normal sys-tem operation characteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning sys-tem in the recirculated air positionprovides maximum cooling, how-ever, continual operation in thismode may cause the air inside thevehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling andhumid air intake. This is a normalsystem operation characteristic.

• If you operate air conditionerexcessively, the difference betweenthe temperature of the outside airand that of the windshield couldcause the outer surface of thewindshield to fog up, causing lossof visibility. In this case, set themode selection knob or button tothe position and fan speedcontrol to the lower speed.

Climate control air filter

The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dustor other pollutants that come into thevehicle from the outside through theheating and air conditioning system.If dust or other pollutants accumulatein the filter over a period of time, theair flow from the air vents maydecrease, resulting in moisture accu-mulation on the inside of the wind-shield even when the outside (fresh)air position is selected. If this hap-pens, we recommend that the cli-mate control air filter replaced by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is being driven insevere conditions such as dusty orrough roads, more frequent airconditioner filter inspections andchanges are required.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, have the system shouldbe checked by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

OHM048209

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate control air filter

Blower Evaporator coreHeater core


1244

Checking the amount of airconditioner refrigerant andcompressor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant islow, the performance of the air con-ditioning is reduced. Overfilling alsohas a negative impact on the air con-ditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected byan authorized Kia Premium dealer.

WARNINGBecause this refriger-ant has a very highpressure, the air con-ditioning systemshould only be serv-

iced by trained and certifiedtechnicians. It is important thatthe correct type and amount ofoil and refrigerant is used.Improper service may resule in, itmay cause damage to the vehicleand personal injury.

4 125


WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING• For maximum defrosting, set the

temperature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desiredwhile defrosting or defogging, setthe mode to the floor-defrost posi-tion.

• Before driving, clear all snow andice from the windshield, rear win-dow, outside rear view mirrors, andall side windows.

• Clear all snow and ice from thehood and air inlet in the cowl grill toimprove heater and defroster effi-ciency and to reduce the probabili-ty of fogging up the inside of thewindshield.

To defog inside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the desiredposition.

2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defrost button ( ).4. The air conditioning will be turned

on according to the detected ambi-ent temperature and outside(fresh) air position will be selectedautomatically.

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the or posi-tion during cooling operation inextremely humid weather. Thedifference between the temper-ature of the outside air and thatof the windshield could causethe outer surface of the wind-shield to fog up, causing loss ofvisibility. In this case, set themode selection knob or buttonto the position and fanspeed control knob or button tothe lower speed.

OVG043136N


1264

If the air conditioning and outside(fresh) air position are not selectedautomatically, adjust the correspon-ding button manually. If the posi-tion is selected, lower fan speed isadjusted to a higher fan speed.

To defrost outside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the highestposition.

2. Set the temperature to theextreme hot (HI) position.

3. Press the defrost button ( ).4. The air conditioning will be turned

on according to the detectedambient temperature and outside(fresh) air position will be selectedautomatically.

If the position is selected, lowerfan speed is adjusted to a higher fanspeed.

Defogging logicTo reduce the probability of foggingup the inside of the windshield, theair intake or air conditioning are con-trolled automatically according tocertain conditions such as or position. To cancel or return thedefogging logic, do the following.

OVG043137N

4 127


1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. Press the defroster button ( ).3. While pressing the air conditioning

button (A/C), press the air intakecontrol button at least 5 times with-in 3 seconds.

The indicator on the air intake buttonblinks 3 times with 0.5 seconds ofinterval. It indicates that the defog-ging logic is canceled or returned tothe programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, it resets to the defoglogic status.

Auto defogging system (if equipped)

Auto defogging reduces the probabil-ity of fogging up the inside of thewindshield by automatically sensingthe moisture of inside the windshield.The auto defogging system operateswhen the heater or air conditioning ison.

OVG043138N

OVG049150


1284

This indicator illuminateswhen the auto defoggingsystem senses the mois-ture of inside the wind-shield and operates.

If more moisture is in the vehicle,higher steps operate as follow. Forexample if auto defogging does notdefog inside the windshield at step 1Outside air position, it tries to defogagain at step 2 Blowing air towardthe windshield.

Step 1 : Outside air positionStep 2 : Blowing air toward the wind-

shieldStep 3 : Increasing air flow toward

the windshieldStep 4 : Operating the air condition-

ing Step 5 : Maximizing the air condi-

tioning

✽✽ NOTICEIf the A/C off or recirculated airposition is manually selected whilethe auto defogging system is on, theauto defogging indicator will blink 3times to give notice that manualoperation is canceled.

CAUTIONDo not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of thepassenger side windshield glass.Damage to the system partscould occur and may not be cov-ered by your vehicle warranty.

4 129


STORAGE COMPARTMENTSThese compartments can be used tostore small items required by thedriver or passengers.

✽✽ NOTICE• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storage com-partments.

• Always keep the storage compart-ment covers closed while driving.Do not attempt to place so manyitems in the storage compartmentthat the storage compartmentcover cannot close securely.

Center console storage

To open the center console storage,pull up the lever.

Glove box

The glove box can be locked andunlocked with a master key (ormechanical key of smart key) (1).To open the glove box, press the but-ton (2) and the glove box will auto-matically open. Close the glove boxafter use.

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or otherflammable/explosive materialsin the vehicle. These items maycatch fire and/or explode if thevehicle is exposed to hot tem-peratures for extended periods.

OVG043152OVG043151


1304

Sunglass holder

To open the sunglass holder, pressthe cover and the holder will slowlyopen. Place your sunglasses with thelenses facing out.To close the sunglass holder push itup.

WARNINGTo reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhile driving.

WARNING - Sunglassholder

Do not keep objects except sun-glasses inside the sunglassholder. Heavier objects can bethrown from the holder in theevent of a sudden stop or anaccident, possibly injuring thepassengers.

OVG044153N

4 131


INTERIOR FEATURESCup holder

✽✽ NOTICEWhen cleaning spilled liquids, do notdry the cup holder at high tempera-ture. This may damage the cup holder.

Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

Sunvisor

Use the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.To use the sunvisor for the side win-dow, pull it downward, unsnap it fromthe bracket (1) and swing it to theside (2).Adjust the sunvisor extension for-ward or backward (3).To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and slide the mirror cover (4).The ticket holder (5) is provided forholding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)

WARNING - Hot liquidsDo not place uncovered cups ofhot liquid in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion. Ifthe hot liquid spills, you couldbe burned. Such a burn to thedriver could lead to loss of con-trol of the vehicle.

OHG040168

OVG043156

OVG043157

OVG043189

■ Rear (Type A)

■ Front

■ Rear (Type B)


1324

Seat warmer (if equipped)

The seat warmer is provided to warmthe front seats during cold weather.With the ignition switch in the ONposition, push either of the switchesto warm the driver's seat or the frontpassenger's seat.

During mild weather or under condi-tions where the operation of the seatwarmer is not needed, keep theswitches in the "OFF" position.• Each time you press the button,

the temperature setting of the seatwill change as follows :

- Front seat

- Rear seat

• The seat warmer defaults to theOFF position whenever the ignitionswitch is turned on.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in theON position, the heating system inthe seat turns off or on automaticallydepending on the seat temperature.

CAUTION - Vanity mirrorlamp

If you use the vanity mirrorlamp, turn off the lamp beforereturning the sunvisor to itsoriginal position. It could resultin battery discharge and possi-ble sunvisor damage.

OFF → HIGH( ) → LOW( )

→

OFF → HIGH( ) → LOW( )

→

OVG033013N

OVG033307N

4 133


Seat warmer with air ventila-tion (if equipped)

The temperature setting of the seatchanges according to the switch posi-tion.• If you want to warm your seat cush-

ion, press the right side of the switch(red color).

• If you want to cool your seat cush-ion, press the left side of the switch(blue color).

• Each time you press the button, theairflow will change as follows:

• The seat warmer (with air ventila-tion) defaults to the OFF positionwhenever the ignition switch isturned on.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in theON position, the heating system inthe seat turns off or on automaticallydepending on the seat temperature.

✽✽ NOTICEBe careful not to spill liquid such aswater or beverages on the seat. If youspill some liquid, wipe the seat with adry towel. Before using the seatwarmer, dry the seat completely.

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→

CAUTION - Seat damage• When cleaning the seats, do

not use an organic solventsuch as paint thinner, ben-zene, alcohol and gasoline.Doing so may damage the sur-face of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating theseat warmer, do not place any-thing on the seats that insu-lates against heat, such asblankets, cushions or seatcovers while the seat warmeris in operation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equippedwith seat warmers. Damage tothe seat warming componentscould occur.

OVG033014N


1344

Power outlet The power outlet is designed to pro-vide power for mobile telephones orother devices designed to operatewith vehicle electrical systems. Thedevices should draw less than 10amps with the engine running.

• Use the power outlet only when theengine is running and remove theaccessory plug after use. Using theaccessory plug for prolonged peri-ods of time with the engine off couldcause the battery to discharge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 10A in electriccapacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner or heaterto the lowest operating level whenusing the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can cause

electronic interference whenplugged into a vehicle’s power out-let. These devices may causeexcessive audio static and malfunc-tions in other electronic systems ordevices used in your vehicle.

OVG043402NPSD

OVG043158

OVG043190

■ Center

■ Front

■ Rear

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

The seat warmer may causeburns, even at low temperatures,if used over a long period of time.Never allow passengers whomay not be able to take care ofthemselves to be exposed to therisk of seat heater burns. Theseinclude:1. Infants, children, elderly or dis-

abled persons, or hospital out-patients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)

4 135


USB charger (if equipped)

The USB charger is designed torecharge batteries of small size elec-trical devices using a USB cable. Theelectrical devices should berecharged with the engine running.The battery charging state may bemonitored on the electrical device.Disconnect the USB cable from theUSB port after use.

• Some devices are not supportedfor fast charging but will becharged with normal speed.

• Use the USB charger only whenthe engine is running.

• Only devices that fits the USB portcan be used.

• The USB charger can be used onlyfor battery charging purposes.

• Battery chargers cannot becharged.

WARNING - Electricshock

Do not put a finger or a foreignelement (pin, etc.) into a poweroutlet and do not touch with awet hand. You may get an elec-tric shock.

OVG044404N


1364

ClockWhenever the battery terminals orrelated fuses are disconnected, youmust reset the time.

You can set the clock by using theAVN (Audio or Navigation)For the details, refer to the AVN man-ual.

WARNING - Clock SettingDistraction

Do not adjust the clock whiledriving. Such adjustments maydistract you for too long from theroadway and lead to a collision.

OVG043161N

OVG044161N

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 137


Clothes hanger (if equipped)

To use the hanger, pull down theupper portion of hanger.

Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped)

When using a floor mat on the frontfloor carpet, make sure it attaches tothe floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi-cle. This keeps the floor mat fromsliding forward.

CAUTIONDo not hang heavy clothes, sincethose may damage the hook.

OUN026348

OXM043309

WARNING - SecuredFloor Mats

The floor mat must be properlyanchored so that it will notinterfere with the operation ofthe accelerator pedal. Any inter-ference with the acceleratorpedal could cause the accelera-tor pedal to be unable to returnto the idle position. A pedal thatcannot return to the idle posi-tion could lead to an accidentwhich may result in severe per-sonal injury or death.


1384

The following must be observedwhen installing ANY floor mat to thevehicle.• Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehicle'sfloor mat anchor(s) before drivingthe vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat that can-not be firmly attached to the vehi-cle's floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on top ofone another (e.g. all-weather rub-ber mat on top of a carpeted floormat). Only a single floor matshould be installed in each posi-tion.

IMPORTANT - Your vehicle wasmanufactured with driver's side floormat anchors that are designed tosecurely hold the floor mat in place.To avoid any interference with pedaloperation, we recommend that theKia floor mat designed for use in yourvehicle be installed.

Luggage net (holder) (if equipped)

To keep items from shifting in thecargo area, you can use the holderslocated in the cargo area to attachthe luggage net.

OBH048125

WARNINGTo avoid eye injury, DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net. ALWAYSkeep your face and body out ofthe luggage net’s recoil path. DONOT use the luggage net whenthe strap has visible signs ofwear or damage.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the vehi-cle, care should be taken whencarrying fragile or bulky objectsin the luggage compartment.

4 139


Rear curtain (if equipped)

To fold the rear curtain, press thebutton. To unfold the rear curtain,press the button again.

The rear curtain will fold automatical-ly when you shift the shift lever into R(Reverse) and unfold automaticallywhen you shift the shift lever from R(Reverse) into P (Park).After the rear curtain is folded by shift-ing the shift lever into R (Reverse) anddrive more than 19 km/h (12 mi/h)with the shift lever in D (Drive), therear curtain will unfold automatically.

Navigation systemThe navigation system ascertainsthe present position of your vehicleby using information from satellitesand guides you to the place youassign as the destination.Detailed information for the naviga-tion system is described in a sepa-rately supplied manual.

CAUTIONDo not pull or fold the rear cur-tain by hand. It could causemotor failure.

OVG043162N

OVG043186


1404

✽✽ NOTICE If you install an after market HIDhead lamp, your vehicle’s audio andelectronic device may malfunction.

❈ If your vehicle is equipped withAVN(Audio, Video and Navigation)system, refer to a separately sup-plied manual for detailed informa-tion.

Antenna

When the radio power switch isturned on while the ignition switch isin either the “ON” or “ACC” position,your car will receive both AM and FMbroadcast signals through the anten-na in the rear window glass.

AUDIO SYSTEM

CAUTION• Do not clean the inside of the

rear window glass with acleaner or use a scraper toremove foreign deposits asthis may cause damage to theantenna elements.

• Avoid adding metallic coatingssuch as Ni, Cd, and so on.These can disturb receivingAM and FM broadcast signals.

OVG049185

4 141


Steering wheel remote con-troller

(1) VOLUMEUsed to control volume.

(2) SEEKWhen pressed shortly (less than 1second).- FM, AM mode : searches broadcast

frequencies saved to presets.- CD, USB, iPod®, My Music, BT

Audio mode : changes the track,file.

When pressed and held (more than1 second).

- FM, AM mode : automaticallysearches broadcast frequenciesand channels.

- CD, USB, iPod®, My Music mode :rewinds or fast forwards the track orfile.

(3) MUTEMutes audio volume.

(4) MODEEach time this key is pressed, themode is changed in order of FM1,FM2, AM, CD, USB (iPod®), AUX, MyMusic, BT Audio.If the media is not connected or adisc is not inserted, correspondingmodes will be disabled.Press and hold the key (more than 1second) to turn the audio systemon/off.When power is off, press the key toturn power back on.

(5) When pressed shortly.- When pressed in the phone screen,

displays call history screen.- When pressed in the dial screen,

makes a call.- When pressed in the incoming call

screen, answers the call.- When pressed during call waiting,

switches to waiting call (Call Waiting).When pressed and held (more than 1second).- When pressed in the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology Handsfreewait mode, redials the last call.

- When pressed during a Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology Handsfreecall, switches call back to mobilephone (Private).

- When pressed while calling on themobile phone, switches call back toBluetooth® Wireless TechnologyHandsfree (Operates only whenBluetooth® Wireless TechnologyHandsfree is connected).

(6) Ends phone call.


1424

(7) When pressed shortly.- Starts voice recognition.- When selecting during a voice

prompt, stops the prompt and con-verts to voice command waitingstate.

When pressed and held (more than 1second).- Ends voice recognition.

❈ The Bluetooth® word mark andlogos are registered trademarksowned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. andany use of such marks by Kia isunder license. Other trademarksand trade names are those of theirrespective owners. A compatibleBluetooth® enabled cell phone isrequired to use Bluetooth® wire-less technology.

Aux, USB port

If your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port, youcan use an aux port to connect audiodevices and an USB and also aniPod®.

OVG043163N

4 143


✽✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noisemay occur during playback. If thishappens, use the power source of theportable audio device.

* iPod® is a Registered trademark of AppleInc. iPod® mobile digital device sold sepa-rately. Connectivity may require use of theKia accessory cable.

WARNING - Distracteddriving

Driving while distracted canresult in a loss of vehicle controlthat may lead to an accident,severe personal injury, and death.The driver's primary responsibili-ty is in the safe and legal opera-tion of a vehicle, and use of anyhandheld devices, other equip-ment, or vehicle systems whichtake the driver's eyes, attentionand focus away from the safeoperation of a vehicle or whichare not permissible by law shouldnever be used during operationof the vehicle.

Driving your vehicle

Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

• Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button . . . . . . . 5-5• ENGINE START/STOP button position. . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

• Automatic transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16• Parking brake (foot type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18• Electric parking brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19• Auto hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24• Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27• Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29• Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33• Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33

Cruise control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37Advanced Smart cruise control (ASCC) system. . 5-41Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) . . . . . 5-54Blind Spot Detection System (BSD) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68

• Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68• Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68

• Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69• Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69• Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70• Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70• Driving off-road. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71• Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71

Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75

• Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75• Certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78

Vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80• Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80• Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80• Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80• GAW (Gross axle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80• GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80• GVW (Gross vehicle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80• GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80

5


25

Be sure the exhaust systemdoes not leak.The exhaust system should bechecked whenever the vehicle israised to change the oil or for anyother purpose. If you hear a changein the sound of the exhaust or if youdrive over something that strikes theunderneath side of the vehicle, havethe exhaust system checked as soonas possible by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

WARNING - Engineexhaust

Do not inhale exhaust fumes orleave your engine running in anenclosed area for a prolongedtime.Exhaust fumes contain carbonmonoxide, a colorless, odorlessgas that can cause uncon-sciousness and death byasphyxiation.

WARNING - Open trunkDo not drive with the trunkopen.Poisonous exhaust gases canenter the passenger compart-ment. If you must drive with thetrunk open proceed as follows:1.Close all windows.2.Open side vents.3.Set the air intake control at

"Fresh", the air flow control at"Floor" or "Face" and the fanat the highest speed.

Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside

mirror(s), and outside lights areclean.

• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any

sign of leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles

behind you if you intend to back up.

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil,engine coolant, brake fluid, andwasher fluid should be checked on aregular basis, with the exact intervaldepending on the fluid. Furtherdetails are provided in Section 7,“Maintenance”.

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all con-

trols are easily reached.• Buckle your seat belt.• Adjust the inside and outside

rearview mirrors.• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning

lights when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position.

• Release the parking brake andmake sure the brake warning lightgoes off.

For safe operation, be sure you arefamiliar with your vehicle and itsequipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

5 3


WARNING - Distracteddriving

Focus on the road while driving.The driver's primary responsi-bility is in the safe and legaloperation of the vehicle. Use ofany hand held devices, otherequipment or vehicle systemsthat distract the driver shouldnot be used during vehicleoperation.

WARNING - Check surrounding

Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeputting a vehicle into D (Drive)or R (Reverse).


45

WARNING - Fire riskWhen you intend to park or stopthe vehicle with the engine on,be careful not to depress theaccelerator pedal for a longperiod of time. It may overheatthe engine or exhaust systemand cause a fire.

WARNING - Drivingwhile intoxi-cated

Do not drive while intoxicated.Drinking and driving is danger-ous. Even a small amount ofalcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgment.Driving while under the influ-ence of drugs is as dangerousas or more dangerous than driv-ing drunk.

WARNING - Looseobject

Securely store items in yourvehicle. When you make a sud-den stop or turn the steeringwheel rapidly, loose objectsmay drop on the floor and itcould interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident.

5 5


Illuminated ENGINESTART/STOP button

Whenever the front door is opened,the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwill illuminate for your convenience.The light will go off after about 30seconds after the door is closed.

ENGINE START/STOP buttonpositionOFF

To turn off the engine (START/STOPposition) or vehicle power (ON posi-tion), press the ENGINESTART/STOP button with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position. Whenyou press the ENGINESTART/STOP button without the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, theENGINE START/STOP button willnot change to the OFF position but tothe ACC position.

In an emergency situation while thevehicle is in motion, you are able toturn the engine off and to the ACCposition by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button for more than 2seconds or 3 times successivelywithin 3 seconds. If the vehicle is stillmoving, you can restart the enginewithout depressing the brake pedalby pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button with the shiftlever in the N (Neutral) position.

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON

OVG053300

White


65

ACC(Accessory)

Press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton while it is in the OFF positionwithout depressing the brake pedal.The steering wheel unlocks andelectrical accessories are opera-tional.If the ENGINE START/STOP buttonis in the ACC position for more than1 hour, the button is turned off auto-matically to prevent battery dis-charge.

ON

Press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton while it is in the ACC positionwithout depressing the brake pedal.The warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. Do notleave the ENGINE START/STOPbutton in the ON position for a longtime. The battery may discharge,because the engine is not running.

START/RUN

To start the engine, depress thebrake pedal and press the ENGINESTART/STOP button with the shiftlever in the P (Park) or the N(Nuetral) position. For your safety,start the engine with the shift lever inthe P (Park) position.If you press the ENGINESTART/STOP button withoutdepressing the brake pedal, theengine will not start and the buttonwill change as follows:OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF

Orange Red Not illuminated

5 7


If you leave the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ACC or ON posi-tion for a long time, the battery willdischarge.

WARNING - Starting vehi-cle

Never press the ENGINESTART/STOP button while thevehicle is in motion except in anemergency. This would result inloss of directional control andbraking function, which couldcause an accident.

WARNING - Leaving theVehicle

To avoid unexpected or suddenvehicle movement, never leaveyour vehicle if the transmissionis not locked in the P (Park)position and the parking brakeis fully engaged. Before leavingthe driver's seat, always makesure the shift lever is engagedin P (Park), set the parkingbrake fully and shut the engineoff.


85

Starting the engine with asmart key1.Carry the smart key or leave it

inside the vehicle.2.Make sure the parking brake is

firmly applied3.Place the transaxle shift lever in P

(Park).4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP

button while depressing the brakepedal.

5.Do not wait for the engine to warmup while the vehicle remains sta-tionary.Start driving at moderate enginespeeds. (Steep accelerating anddecelerating should be avoided.)

It should be started without depress-ing the accelerator.

• Even if the smart key is in the vehi-cle, but is far away from you, theengine may not start.

• When the ENGINE START/STOPbutton is in the ACC position orabove, if any door is opened, thesystem checks for the smart key. Ifthe smart key is not in the vehi-cle,the “ ” indicator will blink orthe warning "Key not in vehicle" willilluminate on the LCD display. Andif all doors are closed, the chimewill sound for 5 seconds. The indi-cator or warning will turn off whilethe vehicle is moving. Always havethe smart key with you.

The engine will start only when thesmart key is in the vehicle.

STARTING THE ENGINE

WARNING - Properfootwear

Always wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels,ski boots, sandals, etc.) mayinterfere with your ability to usethe brake and accelerator ped-als.

CAUTION - StarterDo not engage the starter formore than 10 seconds. If theengine stalls or fails to start, wait5 to 10 seconds before re-engag-ing the starter. Improper use ofthe starter may damage it.

5 9


• If the battery is weak or the smartkey does not work correctly, youcan start the engine by pressingthe engine start/stop button withthe smart key.The side with the lock buttonshould contact the enginestart/stop button directly.When you press the enginestart/stop button directly with thesmart key, the smart key shouldcontact the button at a right angle.

• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,you can't start the engine normally.Replace the fuse with a new one. Ifit is not possible, you can start theengine by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button for 10 sec-onds while it is in the ACC position.The engine can start withoutdepressing the brake pedal. But foryour safety always depress thebrake pedal before starting theengine.

Do not press the ENGINE START/STOP button for more than 10 sec-onds except when the stop lamp fuseis blown.

WARNING - Unintendedvehicle movement

Never leave the smart key in thevehicle with children or vehicleoccupants who are unfamiliarwith the vehicle operation.Pushing the ENGINESTART/STOP button while thesmart key is in the vehicle mayresult in unintended engineactivation and/or unintendedvehicle movement.

OVG053301


105

Automatic transaxle operationThe automatic transaxle has 6 for-ward speeds and one reverse speed.The individual speeds are selectedautomatically, depending on theposition of the shift lever.

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle,if the battery has been disconnected,may be somewhat abrupt. This is anormal condition, and the shiftingsequence will adjust after shifts arecycled a few times by the TCM(Transaxle Control Module) orPCM (Powertrain Control Module).

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

OVGH053010

+ (UP)

Shift lever

- (DOWN)

To shift, depress the brake pedal and press the button.

The shift lever can be shifted freely.

Press the button when shifting.

Button

5 11


For smooth operation, depress thebrake pedal when shifting from N(Neutral) to a forward or reversegear.

When stopped on an upgrade, do nothold the vehicle with engine power.Use the service brake or the parkingbrake.

Transaxle rangesThe indicator light in the instrumentcluster displays the shift lever posi-tion when the ignition switch is in theON position.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into P (Park). Thisposition locks the transaxle and pre-vents the front wheels from rotating.

Shifting into P (Park) while the vehi-cle is in motion will cause the drivewheels to lock which will cause youto lose control of the vehicle.

CAUTION - TransaxleTo avoid damage to yourtransaxle, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on.The transaxle may bedamaged if you shift into P(Park) while the vehicle is inmotion.

WARNING - Leaving theVehicle

To avoid unexpected or suddenvehicle movement, never leaveyour vehicle if the transmissionis not locked in the P (Park)position and the parking brakeis fully engaged. Before leavingthe driver's seat, always makesure the shift lever is engaged inP (Park), set the parking brakefully and shut the engine off.


125

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transaxle are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freelyeven on the slightest incline unlessthe parking brake or service brakesare applied.

D (Drive)

This is the normal forward drivingposition. The transaxle will automati-cally shift through a 6-gearsequence, providing the best fueleconomy and power.

For extra power when passing anoth-er vehicle or climbing grades,depress the accelerator fully, atwhich time the transaxle will auto-matically downshift to the next lowergear. Sports mode

Whether the vehicle is stopped or inmotion, sports mode is selected bypushing the shift lever from the D(Drive) position into the manual gate.To return to D (Drive) range opera-tion, push the shift lever back into themain gate.

In sports mode, moving the shiftlever backwards and forwards willallow you to make gearshifts rapidly.In contrast to a manual transaxle, thesports mode allows gearshifts withthe accelerator pedal depressed.

CAUTION - ShiftingAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R(Reverse) while the vehicle is inmotion, except when “Rockingthe Vehicle” explained in thissection.

OVG053012

++++ ((((UUUUPPPP))))

- (DOWN)

Sports mode

5 13


Up (+) : Push the lever forwardonce to shift up one gear.

Down (-) : Pull the lever backwardsonce to shift down onegear.

• In sports mode, the driver mustexecute upshifts in accordancewith road conditions, taking care tokeep the engine speed below thered zone.

• In sports mode, only the 6 forwardgears can be selected. To reverseor park the vehicle, move the shiftlever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park)position as required.

• In sports mode, downshifts aremade automatically when the vehi-cle slows down. When the vehiclestops, 1st gear is automaticallyselected.

• In sports mode, when the enginerpm approaches the red zone shiftpoints are varied to upshift auto-matically.

• To maintain the required levels ofvehicle performance and safety,the system may not execute cer-tain gearshifts when the shift leveris operated.

• When driving on a slippery road,push the shift lever forward into the+(up) position. This causes thetransaxle to shift into the 2nd gearwhich is better for smooth drivingon a slippery road. Push the shiftlever to the -(down) side to shiftback to the 1st gear.

Paddle shifter (if equipped)

The paddle shifter is available whenthe shift lever is in the D position orthe sport mode.

OVG053331N


145

With the shift lever in the D position

The paddle shifter can operate whenthe vehicle speed is more than 10km/h (6.2 mph).Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter onceto shift up or down one gear and thesystem changes from automaticmode to manual mode.If the vehicle speed is lower than10km/h, if you depress the accelera-tor pedal for more than 7 seconds orif you shift the shift lever from D tosports mode and shift it from sportsmode to D again, the system changefrom manual mode to automaticmode.

With the shift lever in the sports mode

Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter onceto shift up or down one gear.

If you pull the [+] and [-] paddleshifters at the same time, you can'tshift the gear.

Shift lock systemFor your safety, the automatictransaxle has a shift lock systemwhich prevents shifting the transaxleout of P (Park) unless the brakepedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle from P (Park)into R (Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with theshift lever in the P (Park) position, achattering noise near the shift levermay be heard. This is a normal con-dition.

Shift-lock override

If the shift lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) or N (Neutral) posi-tion into the R (Reverse) positionwith the brake pedal depressed, con-tinue depressing the brake, then dothe following:1.Carefully remove the cap covering

the shift-lock access hole (1).2.Insert a screwdriver into the

access hole and press down onthe screwdriver.

3.Move the shift lever.4.Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia Premium dealerimmediately.

WARNING - Shiftingfrom park

Always fully depress the brakepedal before and while shiftingout of the P (Park) position intoanother position to avoid inad-vertent motion of the vehicle.

OVG053060E

5 15


Good driving practices• Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any otherposition with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P(Park) when the vehicle is inmotion.

• Slow down before shifting to alower gear. Otherwise, the lowergear may not be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Donot depend on placing thetransaxle in P (Park) to keep thevehicle from moving.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing theaccelerator pedal.

Moving up a steep grade from astanding startTo move up a steep grade from astanding start, depress the brakepedal, shift the shift lever to D(Drive). Select the appropriate geardepending on load weight and steep-ness of the grade, and release theparking brake. Depress the accelera-tor gradually while releasing theservice brakes.


165

Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assistedbrakes that adjust automaticallythrough normal usage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of astalled engine or some other reason,you can still stop your vehicle byapplying greater force to the brakepedal than you normally would. Thestopping distance, however, will belonger.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partiallydepleted each time the brake pedalis applied. Do not pump the brakepedal when the power assist hasbeen interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only whennecessary to maintain steering con-trol on slippery surfaces.

Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’sability to safely slow down; the vehi-cle may also pull to one side whenthe brakes are applied. Applying thebrakes lightly will indicate whetherthey have been affected in this way.

To dry the brakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

WARNING - Steep hillbraking

Avoid continuous application ofthe brakes when descending along or steep hill by shifting to alower gear. Continuous brakeapplication will cause thebrakes to overheat and couldresult in a temporary loss ofbraking performance.

CAUTION - Brake pedalDo not drive with your foot rest-ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormally high braketemperatures which can causeexcessive brake lining and padwear.

5 17


In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate whilethe vehicle is in motion, you canmake an emergency stop with theparking brake. The stopping dis-tance, however, will be much greaterthan normal.

Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn andnew pads are required, you will heara high-pitched warning sound fromyour front brakes or rear brakes (ifequipped). You may hear this soundcome and go or it may occur when-ever you depress the brake pedal.Please remember that some drivingconditions or climates may cause abrake squeal when you first apply (orlightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-mal and does not indicate a problemwith your brakes.

Always replace the front or rearbrake pads as pairs.

CAUTION - Replacebrake pads

Do not continue to drive withworn brake pads. Continuing todrive with worn brake pads candamage the braking system andresult in costly brake repairs.

WARNING - Brake wearDo not ignore high pitched wearsounds from your brakes. If youignore this audible warning, youwill eventually lose braking per-formance, which could lead to aserious accident.

WARNING - Parkingbrake

Avoid applying the parkingbrake to stop the vehicle while itis moving except in an emer-gency situation. Applying theparking brake while the vehicleis moving at normal speeds cancause a sudden loss of controlof the vehicle. If you must usethe parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution inapplying the brake.


185

Parking brake (Foot type) Applying the parking brake

To engage the parking brake, firstapply the foot brake and thendepress the parking brake pedaldown as far as possible.

Releasing the parking brake

To release the parking brake,depress the parking brake pedal asecond time while applying the footbrake. The pedal will automaticallyextend to the fully released position.

CAUTION - Parkingbrake

Driving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessivebrake pad (or lining) and brakerotor wear.

OVG059014

WARNING - Parkingbrake use

All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehiclewhich can injure occupants orpedestrians.

OVG059013

5 19


Check the brake warning light byturning the ignition switch ON (do notstart the engine). This light will illumi-nate when the parking brake isapplied with the ignition switch in theSTART or ON position.Before driving, be sure the parkingbrake is fully released and the brakewarning light is off.If the brake warning light remains onafter the parking brake is releasedwhile the engine is running, theremay be a malfunction in the brakesystem. Immediate attention is nec-essary.

If at all possible, stop driving thevehicle immediately. If that is not pos-sible, use extreme caution whileoperating the vehicle and only con-tinue to drive the vehicle until youcan reach a safe location or repairshop.

Electric parking brake (EPB) (if equipped)Applying the parking brake

To apply the EPB (electric parkingbrake):

1.Depress the brake pedal.2.Pull up the EPB switch.Make sure the warning light comeson.

Also, the EPB is applied automatical-ly if the Auto Hold button is on whenthe engine is turned off. However, ifyou press the EPB switch after theengine is turned off, the EPB will notbe applied.

W-75

OVG053050L


205

✽✽ NOTICEOn a steep incline or when pulling atrailer if the vehicle does not standstill, do as follows:1. Apply the EPB.2. Pull up the EPB switch for more

than 3 seconds.

✽✽ NOTICEA click or electric brake motorwhine sound may be heard whileoperating or releasing the EPB, butthese conditions are normal andindicate that the EPB is functioningproperly.

Releasing the parking brake

To release the EPB (electric parkingbrake), press the EPB switch in thefollowing condition:

• Have the ignition switch or enginestart/stop button in the ON posi-tion.

• Depress the brake pedal.Make sure the brake warning lightgoes off.

To release EPB (electric parkingbrake) automatically:

• Shift lever in P (Park)With the engine running depressthe brake pedal and shift out of P(Park) to R (Rear) or D (Drive).

• Shift lever in N (Neutral)With the engine running depressthe brake pedal and shift out of N(Neutral) to R (Rear) or D (Drive).

• Automatic transaxle vehicle1. Start the engine.2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.3. Close the driver's door, engine

hood and trunk.4. Depress the accelerator pedal

while the shift lever is in R(Rear), D (Drive) or Sportsmode.

Make sure the brake warning lightgoes off.

CAUTIONDo not operate the parkingbrake / EPB while the vehicle ismoving except in an emergencysituation. OVG053051

5 21


✽✽ NOTICE• For your safety, you can engage

the EPB even though the ignitionswitch or engine stop/start buttonis in the OFF position, but youcannot release it.

• For your safety, depress the brakepedal and release the parkingbrake manually with the EPBswitch when you drive downhill orwhen backing up the vehicle. Donot follow the above procedurewhen driving on a flat levelground. The vehicle may suddenlymove forward.

EPB (electric parking brake) may beautomatically applied when:

• Requested by other systems

✽✽ NOTICEIf the driver turns the engine off bymistake while Auto Hold is operat-ing, EPB will be automaticallyapplied. (Vehicles equipped withAuto Hold)

• If the driver's seat belt is not fas-tened and the engine hood or trunkis opened, a warning will soundand a message will appear.

• If there is a problem with the vehi-cle, a warning may sound and amessage may appear.

If the above situation occurs,depress the brake pedal and releaseEPB by pressing the EPB switch.

CAUTION• If the parking brake warning

light is still on even thoughthe EPB has been released,have the system checked byan authorized Kia Premiumdealer.

• Do not drive your vehicle withthe EPB applied. It may causeexcessive brake pad andbrake rotor wear.


225

✽✽ NOTICE• A click sound may be heard while

operating or releasing the EPB,but these conditions are normaland indicate that the EPB is func-tioning properly.

• When leaving your keys with aparking lot attendant or valet,make sure to inform him/her howto operate the EPB.

• The EPB may malfunction if youdrive with the EPB applied.

• When you automatically releaseEPB by depressing the acceleratorpedal, depress it slowly.

When the conversion from Auto Holdto EPB is not working properly awarning will sound and a messagewill appear.

OVG053308E


CAUTIONDepress the brake pedal whenthe above message appears forthe Auto Hold and EPB may notactivate.

WARNING - ParkingBrake Use

• Never allow a passenger totouch the parking brake. If theparking brake is releasedunintentionally, serious injurymay occur.

• All vehicles should alwayshave the parking brake fullyengaged when parked toavoid inadvertent movementof the car which can injureoccupants or pedestrians.

5 23


If the EPB is applied while Auto Holdis activated because ofESC(Electronic Stability Control) sig-nal, a warning will sound and a mes-sage will appear.

EPB malfunction indicator (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates if theengine start/stop button is changedto the ON position and goes off inapproximately 3 seconds if the sys-tem is operation normally.If the EPB malfunction indicatorremains on, comes on while driving,or does not come on when the igni-tion switch or the engine start/stopbutton is changed to the ON position,this indicates that the EPB may havemalfunctioned.If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by an authorized KiaPremium dealer as soon as possible.

The EPB malfunction indicator mayilluminate when the ESC indicatorcomes on to indicate that the ESC isnot working properly, but it does notindicate a malfunction of the EPB.• The EPB warning light may illumi-

nate if the EPB switch operatesabnormally. Shut the engine offand turn it on again after a few min-utes. The warning light will go offand the EPB switch will operatenormally. However, if the EPBwarning light is still on, have thesystem checked by an authorizedKia Premium dealer.

• If the parking brake warning lightdoes not illuminate or blinks eventhough the EPB switch was pulledup, the EPB is not applied.

• If the parking brake warning lightblinks when the EPB warning lightis on, press the switch, then pull itup. Once more press it back to itsoriginal position and pull it back up.If the EPB warning does not go off,have the system checked by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

OVG053307E


OVG053306



245

Emergency brakingIf there is a problem with the brakepedal while driving, emergency brak-ing is possible by pulling up andholding the EPB switch. Braking ispossible only while you are holdingthe EPB switch.

✽✽ NOTICEDuring emergency braking by theEPB, the parking brake warninglight will illuminate to indicate thatthe system is operating.

If you notice a continuous noise orburning smell when the EPB is usedfor emergency braking, have yourvehicle checked by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

When the EPB (electric parkingbrake) is not releasedIf the EPB does not release normal-ly, take your vehicle to an authorizedKia Premium dealer by loading thevehicle on a flatbed tow truck andhave the system checked.

AUTO HOLD (if equipped)The Auto Hold maintains the vehiclein a standstill even though the brakepedal is not depressed after the driv-er brings the vehicle to a completestop by depressing the brake pedal.

WARNING - ElectricParking Brake

Do not operate the electric park-ing brake while the vehicle ismoving except in an emergencysituation. Applying the electricparking brake while the vehicleis moving at normal speeds cancause a sudden loss of controlof the vehicle. If you must usethe electric parking brake tostop the vehicle, use great cau-tion in applying the brake.

5 25


Set up

1.Depress the brake pedal and thenpress the Auto Hold button. Thewhite AUTO HOLD indicator willcome on and the system will be inthe standby position. The driver'sdoor, engine hood and trunkclosed and the driver's seat beltmust be fastened before EPB willwork.

2.When you stop the vehicle com-pletely by depressing the brakepedal, the AUTO HOLD indicatorchanges from white to green.

3.The vehicle will remain stationaryeven if you release the brakepedal.

4.If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will bereleased.

Leaving

If you press the accelerator pedalwith the shift lever in R (Reverse), D(Drive) or sports mode, the AutoHold will be released automaticallyand the vehicle will start to move.The indicator changes from green towhite.When driving off from Auto Hold bydepressing the accelerator pedal,always check the surrounding areanear your vehicle.Slowly depress the accelerator pedalfor a smooth launch.

OVG053056

WWWWhhhhiiii tttteeee

OVG053057

WWWWhhhhiiii tttteeee

GGGGrrrreeeeeeeennnn


265

CancelTo cancel the Auto Hold operation,press the Auto Hold switch. TheAUTO HOLD indicator will go out.To cancel the Auto Hold operationwhen the vehicle is at a standstill,press the Auto Hold switch whiledepressing the brake pedal.

✽✽ NOTICE• The Auto Hold does not operate

when:- The driver's seat belt is unfas-

tened and driver's door is opened- The engine hood is opened- The trunk is opened- The shift lever is in P (Park)- The EPB is applied

• For your safety, the Auto Holdautomatically switches to EPB insuch cases:- The driver's seat belt is unfas-

tened and driver's door is opened- The engine hood is opened- The trunk is opened- The vehicle is in a standstill for

more than 10 minutes- The vehicle is standing on a steep

slope- The vehicle moved several times

(Continued)

(Continued)In these cases, the brake warninglight comes on, the AUTO HOLDindicator changes from green towhite, and a warning sounds and amessage will appear to inform youthat EPB has been automaticallyengaged. Before driving off again,press foot brake pedal, check thesurrounding area near your vehi-cle and release parking brakemanually with the EPB switch.

• If the AUTO HOLD indicatorlights up yellow, the Auto Hold isnot working properly. Take yourvehicle to an authorized KiaPremium dealer and have the sys-tem checked.

• While operating Auto Hold, youmay hear mechanical noise.However, it is normal operatingnoise.

5 27


If there is a malfunction with the dri-ver’s door, engine hood or trunkopen detection system, the AutoHold may not work properly.Take your vehicle to an authorizedKia Premium dealer and have thesystem checked.

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci-dents due to improper or dangerousdriving maneuvers. Even thoughvehicle control is improved duringemergency braking, always maintaina safe distance between you andobjects ahead. Vehicle speedsshould always be reduced duringextreme road conditions.The vehicle should be driven atreduced speeds in the following cir-cumstances:• When driving on rough, gravel or

snow-covered roads• When driving on roads where the

road surface is pitted or has differ-ent surface heights.

Driving in these conditions increasesthe stopping distance for your vehi-cle.

The ABS continuously senses thespeed of the wheels. If the wheelsare going to lock, the ABS systemrepeatedly modulates the hydraulicbrake pressure to the wheels.When you apply your brakes underconditions which may lock thewheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-responding sensation in the brakepedal. This is normal and it meansyour ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum ben-efit from your ABS in an emergencysituation, do not attempt to modulateyour brake pressure and do not try topump your brakes. Press your brakepedal as hard as possible or as hardas the situation allows the ABS tocontrol the force being delivered tothe brakes.

WARNINGTo reduce the risk of an acci-dent, do not activate Auto Holdwhile driving downhill, backingup or parking your vehicle.


285

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehi-cle begins to move after the engine isstarted. These conditions are normaland indicate that the anti-lock brakesystem is functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake sys-tem, your vehicle still requires suf-ficient stopping distance. Alwaysmaintain a safe distance from thevehicle in front of you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannotprevent accidents resulting fromexcessive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brakesystem may result in a longer stop-ping distance than for vehiclesequipped with a conventionalbrake system.

The ABS warning light will stay on forapproximately 3 seconds after theignition switch is ON. During thattime, the ABS will go through self-diagnosis and the light will go off ifeverything is normal. If the light stayson, you may have a problem withyour ABS but your regular brakes willwork normally. Contact an authorizedKia Premium dealer as soon as pos-sible.

• When you drive on a road withpoor traction, such as an icy road,and operated your brakes continu-ously, the ABS will be active con-tinuously and the ABS warninglight may illuminate. Pull your vehi-cle over to a safe place and stopthe engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then your ABSis normal. Otherwise, you mayhave a problem with the ABS.Contact an authorized KiaPremium dealer as soon as possi-ble.

W-78

5 29


✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, theengine may not run as smoothly andthe ABS warning light may turn onat the same time. This happensbecause of the low battery voltage. Itdoes not mean your ABS has mal-functioned.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

Electronic stability control(ESC)

The Electronic Stability control(ESC) system is designed to stabi-lize the vehicle during corneringmaneuvers. ESC checks where youare steering and where the vehicle isactually going. ESC applies thebrakes on individual wheels andintervenes with the engine manage-ment system to stabilize the vehicle.

Electronic stability control (ESC) willnot prevent accidents. Excessivespeed in turns, abrupt maneuversand hydroplaning on wet surfacescan still result in serious accidents.Only a safe and attentive driver canprevent accidents by avoidingmaneuvers that cause the vehicle tolose traction. Even with ESCinstalled, always follow all the normalprecautions for driving - includingdriving at safe speeds for the condi-tions.The Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system is an electronic sys-tem designed to help the driver main-tain vehicle control under adverseconditions. It is not a substitute forsafe driving practices. Factors includ-ing speed, road conditions and driv-er steering input can all affectwhether ESC will be effective in pre-venting a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.

OVG053015


305

When you apply your brakes underconditions which may lock thewheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-responding sensation in the brakepedal. This is normal and it meansyour ESC is active.

✽✽ NOTICEFor maximum protection, alwayswear your seat belt. No system, nomatter how advanced, can compen-sate for all driver error and/or driv-ing conditions. Always drive respon-sibly

ESC operationESC ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, ESC and ESC OFFindicator lights illuminatefor approximately 3 sec-onds, then ESC is turnedon.

• Press the ESC OFF but-ton for at least half a sec-ond after turning the igni-tion ON to turn ESC off.(ESC OFF indicator willilluminate). To turn theESC on, press the ESCOFF button (ESC OFFindicator light will go off).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tick-ing sound. This is the ESCperforming an automaticsystem self-check anddoes not indicate a prob-lem.

When operating

When the ESC is in opera-tion, ESC indicator lightblinks.• When the Electronic

Stability Control is operat-ing properly, you can feel aslight pulsation in the vehi-cle. This is only the effectof brake control and indi-cates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of themud or slippery road,pressing the acceleratorpedal may not cause theengine rpm (revolutionsper minute) to increase.

-

5 31


ESC operation offESC OFF state

This car has 2 kinds of ESCoff states.If the engine stops whenESC is off, ESC remains off.Upon restarting the engine,the ESC will automaticallyturn on again.

• ESC off state 1To cancel ESC operation, press theESC OFF button (ESC OFF )shortly (ESC OFF indicator light(ESC OFF ) illuminates). At thisstate, the engine control functiondoes not operate. It means the trac-tion control function does not oper-ate. Brake control function only oper-ates.

• ESC off state 2To cancel ESC operation, press theESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) formore than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indi-cator light (ESC OFF ) illuminatesand ESC OFF warning chime willsound. At this state, the engine con-trol function and brake control func-tion do not operate. It means the carstability control function does notoperate any more.

OVG063017NOVG063016N


325

Indicator light

When the ignition switch is turnedON, the indicator light illuminates,then goes off if ESC system is oper-ating normally.The ESC indicator light blinks when-ever ESC is operating or illuminateswhen ESC fails to operate.The ESC OFF indicator light comeson when the ESC is turned off withthe button.

Driving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the ESC system tomalfunction. When replacing tires,make sure they are the same size asyour original tires.

ESC OFF usageWhen driving

• It’s a good idea to keep the ESCturned on for daily driving whenev-er possible.

• To turn ESC off while driving, pressthe ESC OFF button while drivingon a flat road surface.

Never press the ESC OFF buttonwhile ESC is operating (ESC indica-tor light blinks).If ESC is turned off while ESC isoperating, the vehicle may slip out ofcontrol.

■ ESC indicator light

■ ESC OFF indicator light

WARNING - Electronicstability control

Drive carefully even thoughyour vehicle has ElectronicStability Control. It can onlyassist you in maintaining con-trol under certain circum-stances.

WARNING - Operating ESCNever press the ESC OFF but-ton while ESC is operating.If the ESC is turned off whileESC is operating, the vehiclemay go out of control.

5 33


Hill-start assist control (HAC)Hill start Assist Control is a comfortfunction. The main intent is to pre-vent the vehicle from rolling back-wards while driving uphill on aninclined surface. HAC holds the brak-ing pressure builtup by driver duringstopping procedure for 2 secondsafter releasing brake pedal.During the pressure-hold period, thedriver has enough time to press theaccelerator pedal to drive off.The braking pressure is reduced assoon as the system detects the dri-ver’s intention to drive off.

• The HAC does not operate whenthe transaxle shift lever is in the P(Park) or N (Neutral) position.

• The HAC activates even thoughthe ESC is off but it does not acti-vate when the ESC has malfunc-tioned.

Vehicle stability management(VSM)This system provides furtherenhancements to vehicle stabilityand steering responses when a vehi-cle is driving on a slippery road or avehicle detected changes in coeffi-cient of friction between right wheelsand left wheels when braking.

WARNING - MaintainingBrake Pressure on Incline

HAC does not replace the needto apply brakes while stopped onan incline. While stopped, makesure you maintain brake pres-sure sufficient to prevent yourvehicle from rolling backwardand causing an accident. Don’trelease the brake pedal until youare ready to accelerate forward. WARNING

For maximum protection,always wear your seat belt. Nosystem, no matter howadvanced, can compensate forall driver error and/or drivingconditions. Always driveresponsibly


345

VSM operationWhen the VSM is in operation, ESCindicator light ( ) blinks.When the vehicle stability manage-ment is operating properly, you canfeel a slight pulsation in the vehicle.This is only the effect of brake controland indicates nothing unusual.

The VSM does not operate when:

• Driving on bank road such as gra-dient or incline

• Driving rearward• ESC OFF indicator light ( )

remains on the instrument cluster• EPS indicator light remains on the

instrument cluster

VSM operation offIf you press the ESC OFF button toturn off the ESC, the VSM will alsocancel and the ESC OFF indicatorlight ( ) illuminates.To turn on the VSM, press the buttonagain. The ESC OFF indicator lightgoes out.

Malfunction indicatorThe VSM can be deactivated even ifyou don’t cancel the VSM operationby pressing the ESC OFF button. Itindicates that a malfunction hasbeen detected somewhere in theElectric Power Steering system orVSM system. If the ESC indicatorlight ( ) or ESC warning lightremains on, take your vehicle to anauthorized Kia Premium dealer andhave the system checked.• The VSM is designed to function

above approximately 9 mph (15km/h) on curves.

• The VSM is designed to functionabove approximately 18 mph (30km/h) when a vehicle is braking ona split-mu road. The split-mu roadis made of surfaces which have dif-ferent friction forces.

• The Vehicle Stability Managementsystem is not a substitute for safedriving practices but a supplemen-tary function only. It is the respon-sibility of the driver to always checkthe speed and the distance to thevehicle ahead. Always hold thesteering wheel firmly while driving.

• Your vehicle is designed to activateaccording to the driver’s intention,even with installed VSM. Alwaysfollow all the normal precautionsfor driving at safe speeds for theconditions – including driving ininclement weather and on a slip-pery road.

5 35


✽✽ NOTICE - Tire/wheel sizeWhen replacing tires and wheels,make sure they are the same size asthe original tires and wheelsinstalled. Driving with varying tireor wheel sizes may diminish anysupplemental safety benefits of theVSM system.

Good braking practices• Check to be sure the parking brake

is not engaged and that the park-ing brake indicator light is outbefore driving away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the vehicle is washed. Wetbrakes can be dangerous! Yourvehicle will not stop as quickly if thebrakes are wet. Wet brakes maycause the vehicle to pull to oneside.To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking actionreturns to normal, taking care tokeep the vehicle under control atall times. If the braking action doesnot return to normal, stop as soonas it is safe to do so and call anauthorized Kia Premium dealer forassistance.

• Don't coast down hills with thevehicle out of gear.This is extreme-ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle ingear at all times, use the brakes toslow down, then shift to a lowergear so that engine braking willhelp you maintain a safe speed.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal.Resting your foot on the brakepedal while driving can be danger-ous because the brakes mightoverheat and lose their effective-ness. It also increases the wear ofthe brake components.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driv-ing, apply the brakes gently andkeep the vehicle pointed straightahead while you slow down. Whenyou are moving slowly enough for itto be safe to do so, pull off the roadand stop in a safe place.


365

• If your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic transaxle, don't let yourvehicle creep forward. To avoidcreeping forward, keep your footfirmly on the brake pedal when thevehicle is stopped.

• Be cautious when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brakeand place the shift lever in P (auto-matic transaxle) or in first orreverse gear (manual transaxle). Ifyour vehicle is facing downhill, turnthe front wheels into the curb tohelp keep the vehicle from rolling. Ifyour vehicle is facing uphill, turnthe front wheels away from thecurb to help keep the vehicle fromrolling. If there is no curb or if it isrequired by other conditions tokeep the vehicle from rolling, blockthe wheels.

• Under some conditions your park-ing brake can freeze in theengaged position. This is most like-ly to happen when there is anaccumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or ifthe brakes are wet. If there is a riskthat the parking brake may freeze,apply it only temporarily while youput the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block therear wheels so the vehicle cannotroll. Then release the parkingbrake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on theupgrade with the acceleratorpedal.This can cause the transaxleto overheat. Always use the brakepedal or parking brake.

5 37


The cruise control system allows youto program the vehicle to maintain aconstant speed without depressingthe accelerator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 40 km/h (25mph).If the cruise control is left on,(CRUISE indicator light in the instru-ment cluster illuminated) the cruisecontrol can be switched on acciden-tally. Keep the cruise control systemoff (CRUISE indicator light OFF)when the cruise control is not in use,to avoid inadvertently setting aspeed.Use the cruise control system onlywhen traveling on open highways ingood weather.Do not use the cruise control whendriving in heavy or varying traffic, oron slippery (rainy, icy or snow-cov-ered) or winding roads or over 6%up-hill or down-hill roads.

✽✽ NOTICE• During normal cruise control

operation, when the SET switch isactivated or reactivated afterapplying the brakes, the cruisecontrol will energize after approx-imately 3 seconds. This delay isnormal.

• To activate cruise control, depressthe brake pedal at least once afterturning the ignition switch to theON position or starting the engine.This is to check if the brake switchwhich is important part to cancelcruise control is in normal condi-tion.

To set cruise control speed:

1. Press the CRUISE button on thesteering wheel to turn the systemon. The CRUISE indicator light inthe instrument cluster will illumi-nate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed,which must be more than 40 km/h(25 mph).

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM

WARNING - Misuse ofCruise Control

Do not use cruise control if thetraffic situation does not allowyou to drive safely at a constantspeed and with sufficient dis-tance to the vehicle in front.

OXM053006


385

3.Lever must be moved down (toSET-) prior to setting any desiredspeed. The SET indicator light inthe instrument cluster will illumi-nate. Release the accelerator atthe same time. The desired speedwill automatically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle mayslow down or speed up slightly whilegoing downhill.

To increase cruise control setspeed:

Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever up (to RES+) and

hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the lever at the speed youwant.

• Move the lever up (to RES+) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will increase by 1.6 km/h(1.0 mph) each time the lever isoperated in this manner.

To decrease the cruisingspeed:

Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever down (to SET-) and

hold it. Your vehicle will graduallyslow down. Release the lever at thespeed you want to maintain.

• Move the lever down (to SET-) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will decrease by 1.6 km/h(1.0 mph) each time the lever isoperated in this manner.

OXM053008

OXM053009 OXM053008

5 39


To temporarily accelerate withthe cruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarilywhen the cruise control is on,depress the accelerator pedal.Increased speed will not interferewith the cruise control operation orchange the set speed.To return to the set speed, take yourfoot off the accelerator.

To cancel cruise control, doone of the following:

• Depress the brake pedal.• Shift into N (Neutral) with an auto-

matic transaxle.• Press the CANCEL button.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower

than the memory speed by 20km/h (12 mph ).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to lessthan approximately 40 km/h (25mph).

Each of these actions will cancelcruise control operation (the SETindicator light in the instrument clus-ter will go off), but it will not turn thesystem off. If you wish to resumecruise control operation, move thelever up (to RES+). You will return toyour previously preset speed.

OXM053010


405

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 40km/h (25 mph):

If any method other than theCRUISE button was used to cancelcruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the most recent set speedwill automatically resume when youmove the lever up.It will not resume, however, if thevehicle speed has dropped belowapproximately 40 km/h (25 mph).

To turn cruise control off, doone of the following:• Press the CRUISE button (the

CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will go off).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions will cancel thecruise control operation. If you wantto resume the cruise control opera-tion, repeat the steps provided in “Toset cruise control speed” on the pre-vious page.

OXM053009

5 41


➀ CRUISE indicator➁ SET indicator➂ Set speed➃ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance

The advanced smart cruise controlsystem (ASCC) allows you to pro-gram the vehicle to maintain a setspeed so long as it is not limited bytraffic. When traffic is encounteredthe vehicle will be slowed to maintaina set distance behind traffic withoutdepressing the accelerator or brakepedal.

ADVANCED SMART CRUISE CONTROL (ASCC) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OVG053312

WARNING - ASCCInadvertent Activation

If the advanced smart cruisecontrol is left on (CRUISE indi-cator light in the instrumentcluster illuminated), it can beactivated inadvertently. Keepthe ASCC off (CRUISE indicatorlight OFF) when the ASCC is notin use to avoid setting a speedwhich the driver is not aware of.


425

To set cruise control speed:

1.Push the CRUISE button on thesteering wheel to turn the systemon. The CRUISE indicator light inthe instrument cluster will illumi-nate.

2.Accelerate to the desired speed.• min. 30 km/h (19 mph): when

there is no vehicle in front• min. 0 km/h (0 mph): when there

is a vehicle in front

3.Lever must be moved down (toSET-) prior to setting any desiredspeed. The SET indicator light inthe instrument cluster will illumi-nate. Release the accelerator atthe same time. The desired speedwill automatically be maintained.

If there is a vehicle in front of you, thespeed may decrease to maintain thedistance to the vehicle ahead.On a steep grade, the vehicle mayslow down or speed up slightly whilegoing uphill or downhill.

OXM053006

OXM053008

WARNING - AdvancedSmart Cruise ControlLimitations

• The advanced smart cruisecontrol is a supplemental sys-tem and is not a substitute forsafe driving practices. It is theresponsibility of the driver toalways check the speed anddistance to the vehicle ahead.

• Do not use the advancedsmart cruise control when itmay not be safe to keep thecar at a constant speed, forinstance, driving in heavy orvarying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy, or snow-covered)or winding roads or over 6%uphill or down-hill roads.

5 43


To increase cruise control setspeed:

Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever up (to RES+) and

hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the lever at the speed youwant.

• Move the lever up (to RES+) andrelease it immediately.The cruising speed will increase by1.6 km/h (or 1 mph) each time youmove the lever up (to RES+) in thismanner.

• You can set the speed to 180 km/h(113 mph ).

To decrease the cruisingspeed:

Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever down (to SET-) and

hold it. Your vehicle will graduallyslow down. Release the lever at thespeed you want to maintain.

• Move the lever down (to SET-) andrelease it immediately.The cruising speed will decreaseby 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each time youmove the lever down (to SET-) inthis manner.

• You can set the cruise control toany speed above 30 km/h (19mph).

To temporarily accelerate withthe cruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarilywhen the cruise control is on,depress the accelerator pedal.Increased speed will not interferewith cruise control operation orchange the set speed.To return to the set speed, take yourfoot off the accelerator.If you move the lever down (to SET-)at increased speed, the cruisingspeed will be set again.

✽✽ NOTICEYour ASCC will not slow or stopyour vehicle if you apply the throt-tle, since the system is designed toallow you to override and retaincontrol of your vehicle at all times,whether braking or accelerating.

OXM053009 OXM053008


445

ASCC will be temporarily can-celed when:

Cancelled manually• When the vehicle is stopped.

- Press the CANCEL switch locat-ed on the steering wheel whiledepress the brake pedal

• When the vehicle is moving- Depress the brake pedal or press

the CANCEL switch located onthe steering wheel.

The ASCC turns off temporarilywhen the indicator on the LCD dis-play turns off.The CRUISE indicator is illuminatedcontinuously.

Cancelled automatically• The driver's door is opened.• The shift lever is shifted to N

(Neutral), R (Reverse) or D (Drive).• The EPB (electronic parking brake)

is applied.• The vehicle speed is over 180km/h

(113mph)• The vehicle stops on a steep

incline.• The ESC or ABS is operating.• The ESC is turned off.• The sensor or the cover is dirty or

blocked with foreign matter.• When the vehicle is stopped for

over 5 minutes.• The vehicle stops and go repeat-

edly for a long period of time.• The driver starts driving by

depressing the accelerator pedal ormove the lever (to RES+ or SET-).

• The vehicle stops far away fromanother vehicle.

• The accelerator pedal is continu-ously depressed for more than 1minute.

Each of these actions will cancelthe ASCC operation. (the SET indi-cator, set speed and vehicle tovehicle distance on the LCD dis-play will go off.) In a condition where the ASCC iscancelled automatically, the ASCCwill not resume even though theRES+ or SET- lever is moved. Also,the EPB (electronic parking brake)will be applied when the vehicle isstopped.

OXM053010

5 45


If the system is cancelled, the warn-ing chime will sound and a messagewill appear for a few seconds.You must adjust the vehicle speed bydepressing the accelerator or brakepedal according to the road conditionahead and driving condition.Always check the road conditions.Do not rely on the warning chime.

To resume cruise control setspeed:

If any method other than theCRUISE button was used to cancelcruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the cruising speed willautomatically resume when youmove the lever up (to RES+).If you move the lever up (to RES+),the speed will resume to the recentlyset speed. It will not resume if thevehicle speed has dropped belowapproximately 40 km/h (25 mph).

OVG053313E

OXM053009

WARNING - FollowingDistance

To avoid collisions, always beaware of the selected speed andvehicle to vehicle distance set-tings when activating yoursmart cruise control system.• Always maintain sufficient

braking distance and deceler-ate your vehicle by applyingthe brakes if necessary.


465

To turn cruise control off, doone of the following:

• Push the CRUISE button (theCRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will go off).

• Turn the engine off when the vehi-cle is stopped and shifted intoPark.

Both of these actions cancel ASCCoperation. If you want to resumeASCC operation, repeat the stepsprovided in “To set cruise controlspeed” on the previous page.

To set vehicle to vehicle dis-tance:

This system allows you to set andmaintain the distance from the vehi-cle ahead of you without pressing theaccelerator or brake pedal.

The vehicle to vehicle distance willautomatically activate when theASCC is on.Select the appropriate distanceaccording to road conditions andvehicle speed.

Each time the button is pressed, thevehicle to vehicle distance changesas follows;

OVG053330

Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2

Distance 1 OXM053006

5 47


For example, if you drive at 90 km/h(56 mph), the distance is maintainedas follows;

Distance 4 - approximately 52.5 m(172 feet)

Distance 3 - approximately 40 m(130 feet)



✽✽ NOTICEThe 'Distance 4' is always set whenthe system is used for the first timeafter starting the engine.

■ In ASCC mode ■ Except ASCC mode

• The vehicle will maintain the set speed, when the lane ahead is clear.• The vehicle will slow down or speed up within selected speed to maintain

the selected distance, when there is a vehicle ahead of you in the lane. (Avehicle will appear in front of your vehicle in the LCD display only whenthere is an actual vehicle in front of you)

• If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady cruisingspeed after accelerating to the selected speed.

Distance 4 Distance 3

Distance 2 Distance 1

Distance 4

Distance 3

Distance 2

Distance 1OVG053315N/OVG053316N


485

• The warning chime sounds andmalfunction indicator blinks if it ishard to maintain the selected dis-tance to the vehicle ahead.

• If the warning chime sounds,actively adjust the vehicle speed bydepressing the brake pedalaccording to the road conditionahead and driving condition.

• Even if the warning chime is notactivated, always pay attention tothe driving conditions to preventdangerous situations from occur-ring.

If the vehicle ahead moves to thenext lane, the warning chime willsound and a message will appear toprovide a supplemental alert to helpyou avoid that risk.

In traffic situation

In traffic, your vehicle will stop if thevehicle ahead of you stops. Also, ifthe vehicle ahead of you starts mov-ing, your vehicle will start as well.However, if the vehicle stops formore than 3 seconds, you mustdepress the accelerator pedal ormove the lever (to RES+ or SET-) tostart driving.

OVG053317E

OVG053318E

5 49


Sensor to detect distance tothe vehicle ahead

The sensor detects distance to thevehicle ahead.If the sensor is covered with dirt orother foreign matter, the vehicle tovehicle distance control may notoperate correctly.Always keep the sensor and bumperclean.Use only a genuine Kia sensor coverfor your vehicle.

Sensor malfunction indicator If the sensor or cover isdirty or obscured withforeign matter such assnow, the indicator willilluminate. Clean thesensor by using a softcloth.

ASCC malfunction indicatorThe warning light illumi-nates when the vehicleto vehicle distance con-trol system is not func-tioning normally.Take your vehicle to anauthorized Kia Premiumdealer and have thesystem checked.

OVG053319


505

Limitations of the system

The ASCC may have limits to its abil-ity to detect distance to the vehicleahead due to road and traffic condi-tions.

On curves• On curves, the ASCC may not

detect a moving vehicle in yourlane, and then your vehicle couldaccelerate to the set speed. Also,the vehicle speed will slow downwhen the vehicle ahead is recog-nized suddenly.

• Select the appropriate set speedon curves and apply the brakes oraccelerator pedal if necessary.

CAUTION• Do not install accessories

around the sensor and do notreplace the bumper by your-self. It may interfere with thesensor performance.

• To prevent sensor cover dam-age from occurring, wash thecar with a soft cloth.

• Do not damage the sensor orsensor area by a strongimpact. If the sensor movesslightly off position, the ASCCwill not operate correctly.If this occurs, have your vehi-cle checked by an authorizedKia Premium dealer as soonas possible.

OBH058029

5 51


• Your vehicle speed can be reduceddue to a vehicle in the adjacentlane. Apply the accelerator pedaland select the appropriate setspeed. Check to be sure that theroad conditions permit safe opera-tion of the ASCC.

On inclines

• During uphill or downhill driving,the ASCC may not detect a movingvehicle in your lane, and causeyour vehicle to accelerate to theset speed. Also, the vehicle speedwill slow down when the vehicleahead is recognized suddenly.

• Select the appropriate set speedon inclines and apply the brakes oraccelerator pedal if necessary.

Lane changing

• A vehicle which moves into yourlane from an adjacent lane cannotbe recognized by the sensor until itis in the sensor's detection range.

• The sensor may not detect imme-diately when a vehicle cuts in sud-denly. Always pay attention to thetraffic, road and driving conditions.

OBH058030

OBH058045OBH058053


525

• If a vehicle which moves into yourlane is slower than your vehicle,your speed may decrease to main-tain the distance to the vehicleahead.

• If a vehicle which moves into yourlane is faster than your vehicle,your vehicle will accelerate to theselected speed.

Vehicle recognition

Some vehicles ahead in your lanecannot be recognized by the sensoras follows:- Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-

cles or bicycles- Vehicles offset to one side- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-

decelerating vehicles - Stopped vehicles- Vehicles with small rear profile such

as trailers with no loads

A vehicle ahead cannot be recog-nized correctly by the sensor if any offollowing occurs:- When the vehicle is pointing

upwards due to overloading in thetrunk

- When operating the steering wheel- When driving to one side of the lane- When driving on narrow lanes or on

curvesApply the brakes or acceleratorpedal if necessary.

OBH058046

5 53


A vehicle moving in front of you witha quick lane change may close dis-tance on your vehicle so suddenly asto exceed the ASCC reaction ability.Always be prepared to provide directcontrol of your vehicle in the event ofsuch unexpected and sudden situa-tions.

WARNING - ASCCEmergency Stops

If an emergency stop is neces-sary, you must apply the brakesand not rely on the ASCC.

WARNING - ASCCFollowing Distance

Keep a safe distance accordingto road conditions and vehiclespeed. If the vehicle to vehicledistance is too close duringhigh-speed driving, it may causea serious collision.

CAUTIONThe ASCC may not operate tem-porarily due to electrical inter-ference.


545

This system detects the lane with thesensor at the front windshield andwarns you when your vehicle leavesthe lane.

• The LDWS does not make thevehicle change lanes. It is the dri-ver's responsibility to always checkthe road conditions.

• If the sensor cannot detect the laneor if the vehicle speed does notexceed 70km/h (43mph), theLDWS won't warn you even thoughthe vehicle leaves the lane.

• If your vehicle has window tint orother types of coating on the frontwindshield, the LDWS may notwork properly.

• Prevent damage to the LDWS sen-sor from water or any liquid.

• Do not remove the LDWS partsand do not damage the sensor bya strong impact.

• Do not put objects that reflect lighton the dash board.

• Always check the road conditionsfor you may not hear the warningchime because of audio, or exter-nal noise.

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING SYSTEM (LDWS) (IF EQUIPPED)

OVG059041

OVG053314

WARNING - LDWS AlertThe LDWS is only intended toprovide you with informationregarding your vehicle's posi-tion on the roadway. Uponreceiving an LDWS alert, youmust take the necessary stepsto maintain control of your vehi-cle. The LDWS does not provideany steering inputs into thevehicle for you. it can be dan-gerous to make a large suddensteering input in response to analert, since that could result inloss of control.

WARNINGThe Lane Departure WarningSystem is not a substitute forproper and safe driving. Alwaysdrive safely and use caution.The Lane Departure WarningSystem may not detect everyobject in the vehicle's blindspotor direction of travel.

5 55


To operate the LDWS, press theswitch with the engine start/stop but-ton in the ON position. The indicatorilluminates on the cluster. To cancelthe LDWS, press the switch again.

If your vehicle leaves the lane whenthe LDWS is operating and vehiclespeed exceeds 70km/h (43 mph),the warning operates as follows:

OVG053320

((((GGGGrrrreeeeeeeennnn))))

OVG053321

OVG053322

• When the sensor detects the lane line

• When the sensor doesn’t detect the lane line

WARNING - Suddensteering input

Do not turn the steering wheelsuddenly, when the LDWSwarns that your vehicle is leav-ing the lane. Suddenly turningyour steering wheel could resultin loss of control and lead to anaccident.


565

If you leave the lane, the lane youleave on the LCD display blinks yel-low with an 0.8 second interval.

Warning indicator

If the LDWS fails, the warning indica-tor comes on indicating the LDWS isnot working properly. Take your vehi-cle to an authorized Kia Premiumdealer and have the systemchecked.

The LDWS does not operatewhen:• The driver turns on the turn signal

to change lanes.(When the hazard warning flasheris operated, the LDWS operatesnormally.)

• Driving on the lane line.

✽✽ NOTICETo change lanes, operate the turnsignal switch then change the lane.OVG053320N

(((( YYYYeeee llll lllloooowwww ))))

WARNING - LDWSLimitations

The lane departure warningsystem is a supplemental sys-tem. Do not solely rely on thesystem but always pay attentionand drive safely.

OVG053323/OVG053324

5 57


The LDWS may not warn youeven if the vehicle leaves thelane, or may warn you even ifthe vehicle does not leave thelane when;• The lane can't be visible due to

snow, rain, stain, a puddle or manyother things.

• The brightness outside changessuddenly.

• The headlights are off at night or ina tunnel.

• The color of the lane marking fromthe road is difficult to distinguish.

• Driving on a steep grade or acurve.

• Light reflects from the water on theroad.

• The lens or windshield is stainedwith foreign matter.

• The sensor can't detect the lanebecause of fog, heavy rain orheavy snow.

• The surrounding of the inside rearview mirror temperature is highdue to a direct sun light.

• The lane is very wide or narrow.• The lane line is damaged or indis-

tinct.• A shadow is on the lane line by a

median strip.• There is a mark that looks like a

lane line.• There is a boundary structure.• The distance from vehicle ahead is

very short or the vehicle aheaddrives hiding the lane line.

• The vehicle shakes heavily.• The lane number increases or

decreases or the lane lines arecrossing.

• Putting something on the dash-board.

• Driving with the sun in front of you.• Driving in areas under construc-

tion.• The lane line is more than two.


585

The Blind Spot Detection System(BSD) uses a radar sensor to alertthe driver.It senses the rear side territory of thevehicle and provides and indicationto the driver.

(1) BSD (Blind Spot Detection)The warning range depends onyour vehicle speed. However, ifyour vehicle is about 10 km/h (6mph) faster than the other vehi-cle, the system will not warn you.

(2) LCA (Lane Change Assist)When a vehicle approaches youat high speed, the system willwarn you.

(3) RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)When your vehicle moves rear-ward, the sensor detects theapproaching vehicle in the leftand right side, the system willwarn you.

BLIND SPOT DETECTION SYSTEM (BSD) (IF EQUIPPED)

OVI053129L

WARNING - BSDLimitations

• The Blind Spot DetectionSystem (BSD) is a supplemen-tal system. Do not solely relyon the system but always payattention to drive safely.

• The Blind Spot DetectionSystem may not detect everyobject alongside the vehicleand is not a substitute forproper and safe lane chang-ing procedures. Always drivesafely and use caution whenchanging lanes.

5 59


BSD (Blind Spot Detection) / LCA (Lane Change Assist)Operating conditions

The indicator on the switch will illumi-nate when the Blind Spot DetectionSystem (BSD) switch is pressed withthe Engine Start/Stop Button ON.If vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (9.3 mph), the system will activate.If you press the switch again, theswitch indicator and system will beturned off.If the ignition switch is turned OFFand ON the system returns to theprevious state.

When the system is not used turn thesystem off by turning off the switch.When the system is turned on thewarning light will illuminate for 3 sec-onds on the outside rearview mirror.

Warning typeThe system will activate when:1.The system is on.2.Vehicle speed is above 15 km/h

(9.3 mph ).3.Other vehicles are detected in the

rear side.

OVG053325L

WARNINGThe Blind Spot DetectionSystem with Lane ChangeAssist and Rear Cross TrafficAlert is not a substitute forproper and safe lane changingprocedures. Always drive safelyand use caution when changinglanes. The Blind Spot DetectionSystem may not detect everyobject alongside the vehicle.


605

If a vehicle is detected within theboundary of the system, a warninglight will illuminate on the outsiderearview mirror.If the detected vehicle is not indetecting range, the warning will turnoff according to driving conditions.

The second stage alarm will activatewhen:1.The first stage alert is on2.The turn signal is on to change a

lane

When the second stage alert is acti-vated, a warning light will blink on theoutside rearview mirror and a alarmwill sound.If you move the turn signal switch tothe original position, the secondstage alert will be deactivated.

OVG053326

OVG033304E

OVG033305E

1st stage 2nd stage

5 61


Detecting sensor

The sensors are located inside of therear bumper.Always keep the rear bumper cleanfor the system to work properly.

Warning message

The message will appear to notifythe driver if there are foreign sub-stances on the rear bumper orexcessive heat near the rear bumper.The light on the switch and the sys-tem will turn off automatically.Remove the foreign matter on therear bumper.

If the system does not work normallyeven though the foreign matter isremoved, take your vehicle to anauthorized Kia Premium dealer andhave the system checked.

If the system does not work properly,a warning message will appear andthe light on the switch will turn off.Thesystem will turn off automatically.

Have your vehicle inspected by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

OVG053327 OVG054338

OVG054340


625

RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)

When your vehicle moves backwardsfrom a parking position, the sensordetects approaching vehicles to theleft or right side direction and givesinformation to the driver.

Operating conditions

• The indicator on the switch will illu-minate when the Blind SpotDetection System (BSD) switch ispressed with the Engine Start/StopButton ON.The system will turn on and stand-by to activate.

• The system operates when thevehicle speed is below 10 km/h (6mph) with the shift lever in R(Reverse).

• The RCTA (Rear Cross TrafficAlert) detecting range is 0.5m ~20m based on the side direction. Ifthe approaching vehicle speed is4 km/h (2.5 mph) ~ 36 km/h (22mph) within sensing range, it isdetected. However, the systemsensing range is different base onconditions. Always pay attention tothe surrounding.OVG053325LOVI053131

5 63


Warning type • If the vehicle detected by the sen-sors approaches your vehicle, thewarning chime will sound, the warn-ing light on the outside rearview mir-ror will blink and a message willappear on the LCD display.

• If the detected vehicle is out of thesensing range of your vehicle,move the vehicle away from thedetected object slowly; the warningwill be cancelled.

• The system may not operate prop-erly due to other factors or circum-stances. Always pay attention toyour surrounding.

❈ If your vehicle's left or right sidebumper is blinded by barrier orvehicles, the system sensing abili-ty may be deteriorated.

WARNINGThe Blind Spot DetectionSystem with Lane ChangeAssist and Rear Cross TrafficAlert is not a substitute forproper and safe lane changingprocedures. Always drive safelyand use caution when changinglanes. The Blind Spot DetectionSystem may not detect everyobject alongside the vehicle.

OVI053132

OVG054334

OVG054336

■ Type A

■ Type B


645

✽✽ NOTICE• The system may not work proper-

ly if the bumper has been replacedor if a repair work has been donenear the sensor.

• The detection area differs accord-ing to the roads width. If the roadis narrow the system may detectother vehicles in the next lane.

• On the contrary, if the road is verywide the system may not detectother vehicles.

• The system may turn off due tostrong electromagnetic waves.

Non-operating conditionDriver's AttentionThe driver must be cautious in thebelow situations for the system maynot assist the driver and may notwork properly.

- Curved roads, tollgates, etc.- The surrounding of the sensor is

polluted with rain, snow, mud, etc- The rear bumper near the sensor is

covered or hidden with a foreignmatter such as a sticker, bumperguard, bicycle stand etc.

- The rear bumper is damaged or thesensor is out of place.

- The height of the vehicle showsmuch change such as when thetrunk is loaded with heavy objects,abnormal tire pressure etc.

- Due to bad weather such as heavyrain or snow.

- A fixed object is near such as aguardrail, etc.

- A lot of amount of metal sub-stances are near the vehicles suchas a construction area.

- A big vehicle is near such as a busor truck.

- A motorcycle or bicycle is near.- A flat trailer like vehicle is near.- If the vehicle has started at the

same time as the vehicle next to itand has accelerated.

- When the other vehicle passes byvery fast.

- When changing lanes.- When going down or up a steep

road where the height of the lane isdifferent.

- When the other vehicle drives atthe rear very nearby or drives veryclose.

- When a trailer or carrier is installed.

5 65


- When the temperature of rearbumper is high.

- When the sensors are covered bythe vehicle, wall and pillar of park-ing lot.

- When your vehicle moves back, ifthe detected vehicle also movesback.

- If there is small things like shoppingcart and baby carriage.

- If there is a vehicle with decreasedride height (lowered).

- When the vehicle is close to anoth-er vehicle.

- When your vehicle moves back inindoor parking lot or steel struc-tures area.

Outside rearview mirror may notalert the driver when:- The outside rearview mirror hous-

ing is severely polluted- The window is severely polluted- The windows are severely tinted.

This device complies withIndustry Canada StandardRSS-210.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1.This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2.This device must accept any inter-



665

ECONOMICAL OPERATIONYour vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, whereyou drive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects howmany miles (kilometers) you can getfrom a gallon (liter) of fuel.To operateyour vehicle as economically as pos-sible, use the following driving sug-gestions to help save money in bothfuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a

moderate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" starts or full-throttle shiftsand maintain a steady cruisingspeed. Don't race between stop-lights. Try to adjust your speed tothe traffic so you don't have tochange speeds unnecessarily.Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos-sible. Always maintain a safe dis-tance from other vehicles so youcan avoid unnecessary braking.This also reduces brake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. Thefaster you drive, the more fuel yourvehicle uses. Driving at a moderatespeed, especially on the highway,is one of the most effective ways toreduce fuel consumption.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Thiscan increase fuel consumption andalso increase wear on these com-ponents. In addition, driving withyour foot resting on the brake pedalmay cause the brakes to overheat,which reduces their effectivenessand may lead to more serious con-sequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pres-sure. Incorrect inflation, either toomuch or too little, results in unnec-essary tire wear. Check the tirepressures at least once a month.

• Be sure that the wheels arealigned correctly. Improper align-ment can result from hitting curbsor driving too fast over irregularsurfaces. Poor alignment causesfaster tire wear and may also resultin other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your vehicle in good condi-tion. For better fuel economy andreduced maintenance costs, main-tain your vehicle in accordancewith the maintenance schedule insection 7. If you drive your vehiclein severe conditions, more frequentmaintenance is required (see sec-tion 7 for details).

• Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi-mum service, your vehicle shouldbe kept clean and free of corrosivematerials. It is especially importantthat mud, dirt, ice, etc. not beallowed to accumulate on theunderside of the vehicle. This extraweight can result in increased fuelconsumption and also contribute tocorrosion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces-sary weight in your vehicle. Weightreduces fuel economy.

• Don't let the engine idle longerthan necessary. If you are waiting(and not in traffic), turn off yourengine and restart only whenyou're ready to go.

5 67


• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. Afterthe engine has started, allow theengine to run for 10 to 20 secondsprior to placing the vehicle in gear.In very cold weather, however, giveyour engine a slightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in avery high gear resulting in enginebucking. If this happens, shift to alower gear. Over-revving is racingthe engine beyond its safe limit.This can be avoided by shifting atthe recommended speed.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system isoperated by engine power so yourfuel economy is reduced when youuse it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is reduced by cross-winds and headwinds. To help off-set some of this loss, slow downwhen driving in these conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operatingcondition is important both for econ-omy and safety. Therefore, have anauthorized Kia Premium dealer per-form scheduled inspections andmaintenance.

WARNING - Engine offduringmotion

Never turn the engine off tocoast down hills or anytime thevehicle is in motion. The powersteering and power brakes willnot function properly withoutthe engine running. In addition,turning off the ignition whiledriving could engage the steer-ing wheel lock resulting in lossof vehicle steering. Keep theengine on and downshift to anappropriate gear for enginebraking effect.


685

Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditionsare encountered such as water,snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz-ards, follow these suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra

distance for braking.• Avoid sudden braking or steering.• When braking with non-ABS

brakes pump the brake pedal witha light up-and-down motion untilthe vehicle is stopped.

Do not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS.• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,

use second gear. Accelerate slow-ly to avoid spinning the drivewheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, or other non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction whenstalled in ice, snow, or mud.

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicleto free it from snow, sand, or mud,first turn the steering wheel right andleft to clear the area around yourfront wheels. Then, shift back andforth between R (Reverse) and anyforward gear in vehicles equippedwith an automatic transaxle. Do notrace the engine, and spin the wheelsas little as possible. If you are stillstuck after a few tries, have the vehi-cle pulled out by a tow vehicle toavoid engine overheating and possi-ble damage to the transaxle.The ESC system should be turnedOFF prior to rocking the vehicle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

WARNING - Downshifting

Do not downshift with an auto-matic transaxle while driving onslippery surfaces. The suddenchange in tire speed couldcause the tires to skid andresult in an accident. CAUTION - Vehicle

rockingProlonged rocking may causeengine overheating, transaxledamage or failure, and tire dam-age.

5 69


Smooth cornering

Avoid braking or gear changing incorners, especially when roads arewet. Ideally, corners should alwaysbe taken under gentle acceleration. Ifyou follow these suggestions, tirewear will be held to a minimum.

Driving at night

Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight,here are some important tips toremember:• Slow down and keep more dis-

tance between you and other vehi-cles, as it may be more difficult tosee at night, especially in areaswhere there may not be any streetlights.

OBH058035L OMC035004WARNING - Sudden vehicle movement

Do not attempt to rock the vehi-cle if people or objects are near-by. The vehicle may suddenlymove forward or backwards asit becomes unstuck.

CAUTION - Spinningtires

Do not spin the wheels, espe-cially at speeds more than 56km/h (35 mph). Spinning thewheels at high speeds when thevehicle is stationary couldcause a tire to overheat whichcould result in tire damage.


705

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce theglare from other driver's head-lights.

• Keep your headlights clean andproperly aimed on vehicles notequipped with the automatic head-light aiming feature. Dirty orimproperly aimed headlights willmake it much more difficult to seeat night.

• Avoid staring directly at the head-lights of oncoming vehicles. Youcould be temporarily blinded, and itwill take several seconds for youreyes to readjust to the darkness.

Driving in the rain

Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re notprepared for the slick pavement.Here are a few things to considerwhen driving in the rain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder

to see and will increase the dis-tance needed to stop your vehicle,so slow down.

• Keep your windshield wipingequipment in good shape. Replaceyour windshield wiper blades whenthey show signs of streaking ormissing areas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condi-tion, making a quick stop on wetpavement can cause a skid andpossibly lead to an accident. Besure your tires are in good shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make iteasier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large pud-dles can affect your brakes. If youmust go through puddles, try todrive through them slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal brakingoperation returns.

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is nohigher than the bottom of the wheelhub. Drive through any water slowly.Allow adequate stopping distancebecause brake performance may beaffected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them sev-eral times while the vehicle is movingslowly.

1JBB3303

5 71


Driving off-roadDrive carefully off-road because yourvehicle may be damaged by rocks orroots of trees. Become familiar withthe off-road conditions where youare going to drive before you begindriving.

Highway drivingTires Adjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pres-sures will result in overheating andpossible failure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tireswhich may result in reduced tractionor tire failure.Never exceed the maximum tireinflation pressure shown on the tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engineoilHigh speed travel consumes morefuel than urban motoring. Do not for-get to check both the engine coolantand engine oil.

Drive beltA loose or damaged drive belt mayoverheat the engine.

WARNING - Tire treadAlways check the tire treadbefore driving your vehicle.Worn-out tires can result in lossof vehicle control. Worn-outtires should be replaced assoon as possible. For furtherinformation and tread limits,refer to "Tires and wheels" insection 7.

WARNING - Under/OverInflated Tires

Always check the tires for prop-er inflation before driving.Underinflated or overinflatedtires can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, and sud-den tire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.


725

Severe weather conditions in thewinter result in greater wear andother problems. To minimize theproblems of winter driving, youshould follow these suggestions:

Snowy or Icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, itmay be necessary to use snow tireson your tires. If snow tires are need-ed, it is necessary to select tiresequivalent in size and type of theoriginal equipment tires. Failure to doso may adversely affect the safetyand handling of your car.Furthermore, speeding, rapid accel-eration, sudden brake applications,and sharp turns are potentially veryhazardous practices.During deceleration, use enginebraking to the fullest extent. Suddenbrake applications on snowy or icyroads may cause skids. You need tokeep sufficient distance between thevehicle in operation in front and yourvehicle. Also, apply the brake gently.

Snow tiresIf you mount snow tires on your vehi-cle, make sure they are radial tires ofthe same size and load range as theoriginal tires. Mount snow tires on allfour wheels to balance your vehicle’shandling in all weather conditions.Keep in mind that the traction provid-ed by snow tires on dry roads maynot be as high as your vehicle's orig-inal equipment tires.You should drivecautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer formaximum speed recommendations.Do not install studded tires withoutfirst checking local, state and munic-ipal regulations for possible restric-tions against their use.

WINTER DRIVING

1JBB3305

WARNING - Snow tire sizeSnow tires should be equivalentin size and type to the vehicle'sstandard tires. Otherwise, thesafety and handling of your vehi-cle may be adversely affected.

5 73


Use high quality ethylene gly-col coolantYour vehicle is delivered with highquality ethylene glycol coolant in thecooling system. It is the only type ofcoolant that should be used becauseit helps prevent corrosion in the cool-ing system, lubricates the waterpump and prevents freezing. Be sureto replace or replenish your coolantin accordance with the maintenanceschedule in section 7. Before winter,have your coolant tested to assurethat its freezing point is sufficient forthe temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens onthe battery system. Visually inspectthe battery and cables as describedin section 7. The level of charge inyour battery can be checked by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer or aservice station.

Change to "winter weight" oilif necessaryIn some climates it is recommendedthat a lower viscosity "winter weight"oil be used during cold weather. Seesection 8 for recommendations. Ifyou aren't sure what weight oil youshould use, consult an authorizedKia Premium dealer.

Check spark plugs and igni-tion systemInspect your spark plugs asdescribed in section 7 and replacethem if necessary. Also check allignition wiring and components to besure they are not cracked, worn ordamaged in any way.

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing,squirt an approved de-icer fluid orglycerine into the key opening. If alock is covered with ice, squirt it withan approved de-icing fluid to removethe ice. If the lock is frozen internally,you may be able to thaw it out byusing a heated key. Handle the heat-ed key with care to avoid injury.

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the windowwasher system from freezing, add anapproved window washer anti-freezesolution in accordance with instruc-tions on the container. Window wash-er anti-freeze is available from anauthorized Kia Premium dealer andmost auto parts outlets. Do not useengine coolant or other types of anti-freeze as these may damage thepaint finish.


745

TRAILER TOWINGDon't let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engagedposition. This is most likely to hap-pen when there is an accumulationof snow or ice around or near therear brakes or if the brakes are wet.If there is a risk the parking brakemay freeze, apply it only temporarilywhile you put the shift lever in P(automatic transaxle) or in first orreverse gear (manual transaxle) andblock the rear wheels so the vehiclecannot roll. Then release the parkingbrake.

Don't let ice and snow accu-mulate underneathUnder some conditions, snow andice can build up under the fendersand interfere with the steering. Whendriving in severe winter conditionswhere this may happen, you shouldperiodically check underneath thecar to be sure the movement of thefront wheels and the steering com-ponents is not obstructed.

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of theweather you should carry appropri-ate emergency equipment. Some ofthe items you may want to carryinclude tow straps or chains, flash-light, emergency flares, sand, ashovel, jumper cables, a windowscraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover-alls, a blanket, etc.

We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

5 75


Tire and loading informationlabel

The label located on the driver's doorsill gives the original tire size, coldtire pressures recommended for yourvehicle, the number of people thatcan be in your vehicle and vehiclecapacity weight.

Vehicle capacity weight:410 kg (904 lbs.)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo. If your vehicle is equippedwith a trailer, the combined weightincludes the tongue load.

Seating capacity:Total : 5 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry.However, the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried or towed.Do not overload the vehicle as thereis a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

OHG051083A/OHG051084A


765

Towing capacity:We do not recommend using this

vehicle for trailer towing.

Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants and the tongue load, ifyour vehicle is equipped with a trailer.

Steps For Determining CorrectLoad Limit -1.Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXX kgor XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's plac-ard.

2.Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3.Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe "XXX" amount equals 635 kg(1400 lbs.) and there will be five 68kg (150 lbs.) passengers in yourvehicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacityis 295 kg (650 lbs).(635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg or1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight maynot safely exceed the availablecargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-er, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of yourvehicle.

5 77


C190F03JM

A B C

Example 3

C190F02JM

A B C

Example 2

C190F01JM

Example 1

A B C

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weightand seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle'scapacity weight.

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity

Weight385 kg

(849 lbs)

BSubtract Occupant

Weight 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2

136 kg(300 lbs)

CAvailable Cargo and

Luggage weight249 kg

(549 lbs)


AVehicle Capacity

Weight385 kg

(849 lbs)

BSubtract Occupant


365 kg(805 lbs)


Luggage weight20 kg

(44 lbs)


AVehicle Capacity

Weight385 kg

(849 lbs)

BSubtract Occupant


340 kg(750 lbs)


Luggage weight45 kg

(99 lbs)


785

Certification labelThe certification label is located onthe driver's door sill at the center pil-lar.This label shows the maximumallowable weight of the fully loadedvehicle. This is called the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

To find out the actual loads on yourfront and rear axles, you need to goto a weigh station and weigh yourvehicle.Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out your loadequally on both sides of the center-line.

The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle- like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else - they are moving asfast as the vehicle. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is a crash,the items will keep going and cancause an injury if they strike the driv-er or a passenger.

WARNING - Over loading

Never exceed the GVWR foryour vehicle, the GAWR foreither the front or rear axle andvehicle capacity weight.Exceeding these ratings canaffect your vehicle’s handlingand braking ability.

5 79


✽✽ NOTICEOverloading your vehicle may causedamage. Repairs would not be cov-ered by your warranty. Do not over-load your vehicle.

WARNING - Over loading

Do not overload your vehicle.Overloading your vehicle cancause heat buildup in your vehi-cle's tires and possible tire fail-ure, increased stopping dis-tances and poor vehicle han-dling--all of which may result ina crash.

WARNING - Loose cargoDo not travel with unsecuredblunt objects in the passengercompartment of your vehicle(e.g. suit cases or unsecuredchild seats). These items maystrike occupant during a sud-den stop or crash.


805

This section will guide you in theproper loading of your vehicle and/ortrailer, to keep your loaded vehicleweight within its design rating capa-bility, with or without a trailer.Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehi-cle design performance. Before load-ing your vehicle, familiarize yourselfwith the following terms for determin-ing your vehicle's weight ratings, withor without a trailer, from the vehicle'sspecifications and the compliancelabel:

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicleincluding a full tank of fuel and allstandard equipment. It does notinclude passengers, cargo, or option-al equipment.

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your deal-er plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight addedto the Base Curb Weight, includingcargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed oneach axle (front and rear) - includingvehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowableweight that can be carried by a singleaxle (front or rear). These numbersare shown on the compliance label.The total load on each axle mustnever exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plusactual Cargo Weight plus passen-gers.

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowableweight of the fully loaded vehicle(including all options, equipment,passengers and cargo). The GVWRis shown on the certification labellocated on the driver’s door sill.

VEHICLE WEIGHT

What to do in an emergency

Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

In case of an emergency while driving. . . . . . . . . . 6-3• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 6-3• If you have a flat tire while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3• If engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

If the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4• If engine doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4

Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5• Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

If the engine overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . . 6-8

• TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) malfunction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

• Changing a tire with TPMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11If you have a flat tire (with spare tire) . . . . . . . . . 6-13

• Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13• Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14• Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22• Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22• Removable towing hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23• Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

6


26

Hazard warning flasher

The hazard warning flasher servesas a warning to other drivers to exer-cise extreme caution whenapproaching, overtaking, or passingyour vehicle.It should be used whenever emer-gency repairs are being made orwhen the vehicle is stopped near theedge of a roadway.Depress the flasher switch with theignition switch in any position. Theflasher switch is located in the centerconsole switch panel. All turn signallights will flash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher oper-ates whether your vehicle is run-ning or not.

• The turn signals do not work whenthe hazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when usingthe hazard warning flasher whilethe vehicle is being towed.

ROAD WARNING

OVG065001N

6 3


If the engine stalls at a cross-road or crossingIf the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push thevehicle to a safe place.

If you have a flat tire whiledrivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driv-ing:1.Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal and let the vehicle slowdown while driving straight ahead.Do not apply the brakes immedi-ately or attempt to pull off the roadas this may cause a loss of control.When the vehicle has slowed downto such a speed that it is safe to doso, brake carefully and pull off theroad. Drive off the road as far aspossible and park on a firm levelground. If you are on a dividedhighway, do not park in the medianarea between the two traffic lanes.

2.When the vehicle is stopped, turnon your emergency hazard flash-ers, set the parking brake and putthe transaxle in P (automatictransaxle).

3.Have all passengers get out of thevehicle. Be sure they all get out onthe side of the vehicle that is awayfrom traffic.

4.When changing a flat tire, followthe instruction provided later in thissection.

If engine stalls while driving1.Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line. Move cau-tiously off the road to a safe place.

2.Turn on your emergency flashers.3.Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact anauthorized Kia Premium dealer orseek other qualified assistance.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING


46

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIf the engine doesn't turn overor turns over slowly1.If your vehicle has an automatic

transaxle, be sure the shift lever isin N (Neutral) or P (Park) and theemergency brake is set.

2.Check the battery connections tobe sure they are clean and tight.

3.Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operatethe starter, the battery is dis-charged.

4.Check the starter connections tobe sure they are securely tight-ened.

5.Do not push or pull the vehicle tostart it. See instructions for "Jumpstarting".

If engine turns over normallybut does not start1.Check fuel level.2.With the ignition switch in the

LOCK position, check all connec-tors at the ignition coil and sparkplugs. Reconnect any that may bedisconnected or loose.

3.Check the fuel line in the enginecompartment.

4.If the engine still does not start, callan authorized Kia Premium dealeror seek other qualified assistance.

WARNING - Push/pull start

Do not push or pull the vehicleto start it. Push or pull startingmay cause the catalytic con-verter to overload and create afire hazard.

6 5


EMERGENCY STARTING

Connect cables in numerical orderand disconnect in reverse order.

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous ifdone incorrectly. Therefore, to avoidharm to yourself or damage to yourvehicle or battery, follow these jumpstarting procedures. If in doubt, westrongly recommend that you have acompetent technician or towing serv-ice jump start your vehicle.

CAUTION - 12 Volt BatteryPush/Pull Start

Use only a 12-volt jumper sys-tem. You can damage a 12-voltstarting motor, ignition system,and other electrical partsbeyond repair by use of a 24-volt power supply (either two12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery as thismay cause the battery to ruptureor explode causing serious injury.

1VQA4001

Dischargedbattery

Jumper Cables

Boosterbattery

(-)

(+)

(+)(-)

WARNING - BatteryKeep all flames or sparks awayfrom the battery. The batteryproduces hydrogen gas whichwill explode if exposed to flameor sparks.

WARNING - Frozen batteries

Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged batteryis frozen or if the electrolytelevel is low as the battery mayrupture or explode.

WARNING - Sulfuric acidrisk

When jump starting your vehi-cle be careful not to get acid onyourself, your clothing or on thevehicle. Automobile batteriescontain sulfuric acid. This ispoisonous and highly corro-sive.


66

Jump starting procedure 1.Make sure the booster battery is

12-volt and that its negative termi-nal is grounded.

2.If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles tocome in contact.

3.Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4.Connect the jumper cables in theexact sequence shown in the illus-tration. First connect one end of ajumper cable to the positive termi-nal of the discharged battery (1),then connect the other end to thepositive terminal of the boosterbattery (2).Proceed to connect one end of theother jumper cable to the negativeterminal of the booster battery (3),then the other end to a solid, sta-tionary, metallic point (for example,the engine lifting bracket) awayfrom the battery (4). Do not con-nect it to or near any part thatmoves when the engine is cranked.

Do not allow the jumper cables tocontact anything except the correctbattery terminals or the correctground. Do not lean over the bat-tery when making connections.

5.Start the engine of the vehicle withthe booster battery and let it run at2,000 rpm, then start the engine ofthe vehicle with the dischargedbattery.

If the cause of your battery discharg-ing is not apparent, you should haveyour vehicle checked by an author-ized Kia Premium dealer.

Push-starting Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle lock system cannot bepush-started.Follow the directions in this sectionfor jump-starting.

WARNING - Batterycables

Do not connect the jumper cablefrom the negative terminal of thebooster battery to the negativeterminal of the discharged bat-tery. This can cause the dis-charged battery to overheat andcrack, releasing battery acid.

WARNING - Tow startingvehicle

Never tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge for-ward when the engine startscould cause a collision with thetow vehicle.

6 7


IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIf your temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, you experience a lossof power, or hear loud pinging orknocking, the engine will probably betoo hot. If this happens, you should:

1.Pull off the road and stop as soonas it is safe to do so.

2.Place the shift lever in P (Park,automatic transaxle) and set theparking brake. If the air condition-ing is on, turn it off.

3.If engine coolant is running outunder the vehicle or steam is com-ing out from underneath the hood,stop the engine. Do not open thehood until the coolant has stoppedrunning or the steaming hasstopped. If there is no visible lossof engine coolant and no steam,leave the engine running andcheck to be sure the engine cool-ing fan is operating. If the fan is notrunning, turn the engine off.

4.Check to see if the water pumpdrive belt is missing. If it is notmissing, check to see that it istight. If the drive belt seems to besatisfactory, check for coolant leak-ing from the radiator, hoses orunder the vehicle. (If the air condi-tioning had been in use, it is nor-mal for cold water to be drainingfrom it when you stop).

5.If the water pump drive belt is bro-ken or engine coolant is leakingout, stop the engine immediatelyand call the nearest authorized KiaPremium dealer for assistance.

6.If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the enginetemperature has returned to nor-mal. Then, if coolant has been lost,carefully add coolant to the reser-voir to bring the fluid level in thereservoir up to the halfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keepingalert for further signs of overheat-ing. If overheating happens again,call an authorized Kia Premiumdealer for assistance.

Serious loss of coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling systemand this should be checked as soonas possible by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

WARNING - Under thehood

While the engine is running,keep hair, hands and clothingaway from moving parts suchas the fan and drive belts to pre-vent injury.

WARNING - Radiator CapDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. Thismay result in coolant beingblown out of the opening andcause serious burns.


86

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) (IF EQUIPPED)

(1) Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator

(2) Low tire pressure position telltale.(shown on the LCD display)

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tire inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pres-sure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire causes thetire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reducesfuel efficiency and tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

✽✽ NOTICEPlease note that the TPMS is not a sub-stitute for proper tire maintenance,and it is the driver’s responsibility tomaintain correct tire pressure, even ifunder-inflation has not reached thelevel to trigger illumination of theTPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is not oper-ating properly.The TPMS malfunctionindicator is combined with the low tirepressure telltale. When the systemdetects a malfunction, the telltale willflash for approximately one minuteand then remain continuously illumi-nated. This sequence will continueupon subsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists. Whenthe malfunction indicator is illuminat-ed, the system may not be able todetect or signal low tire pressure asintended. TPMS malfunctions mayoccur for a variety of reasons, includ-ing the installation of replacement oralternate tires or wheels on the vehi-cle that prevent the TPMS from func-tioning properly. Always check theTPMS malfunction telltale afterreplacing one or more tires or wheelson your vehicle to ensure that thereplacement or alternate tires andwheels allow the TPMS to continue tofunction properly.

OVG063004N

6 9


✽✽ NOTICEIf any of the below happens, havethe system be checked by an author-ized Kia Premium dealer.1.The low tire pressure telltale/

TPMS malfunction indicator donot illuminate for 3 seconds whenthe ignition switch is turned to theON or engine is running.

2.The TPMS malfunction indicatorremains illuminated after blinkingfor approximately 1 minute.

3.The Low tire pressure positiontelltale remains illuminated.

Low tire pressuretelltale

Low tire pressure position tell-tale

When the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning indicators are illumi-nated and warning massage dis-played on the cluster LCD display,one or more of your tires is signifi-cantly under-inflated. The low tirepressure position telltale light willindicate which tire is significantlyunder-inflated by illuminating the cor-responding position light.

If the telltale illuminates, immediatelyreduce your speed, avoid hard cor-nering and anticipate increased stop-ping distances. You should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible.Inflate the tires to the proper pres-sure as indicated on the vehicle’splacard or tire inflation pressure labellocated on the driver’s side center pil-lar outer panel. If you cannot reach aservice station or if the tire cannothold the newly added air, replace thelow pressure tire with the spare tire.Then the Low Tire Pressure telltalemay flash for approximately oneminute and then remain continuouslyilluminated after restarting and about20 minutes of continuous drivingbefore you have the low pressure tirerepaired and replaced on the vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEThe spare tire is not equipped with atire pressure sensor.

OVG043307N


106

In winter or cold weather, the low tirepressure telltale may be illuminated ifthe tire pressure was adjusted to therecommended tire inflation pressurein warm weather. It does not meanyour TPMS is malfunctioning becausethe decreased temperature leads to aproportional lowering of tire pressure.When you drive your vehicle from awarm area to a cold area or from a coldarea to a warm area, or the outsidetemperature is greatly higher or lower,you should check the tire inflation pres-sure and adjust the tires to the recom-mended tire inflation pressure.

TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator

The TPMS malfunction indicator willilluminate after it blinks for approxi-mately one minute when there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitoring System. Have the systemchecked by an authorized KiaPremium dealer as soon as possibleto determine the cause of the prob-lem.

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is a malfunction with theTPMS, the low tire pressure positiontelltale will not be displayed eventhough the vehicle has an under-inflated tire.

The TPMS malfunction indicator maybe illuminated if the vehicle is movingaround electric power supply cablesor radios transmitter such as atpolice stations, government and pub-lic offices, broadcasting stations, mil-itary installations, airports, or trans-mitting towers, etc. This can interferewith normal operation of the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS).The TPMS malfunction indicator mayilluminate if snow chains or someseparately purchased devices suchas notebook computers, mobilecharger, remote starter, navigationetc. are used in the vehicle. This caninterfere with normal operation of theTire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS).

WARNING - Low pressuredamage

Do not drive on low pressuretires. Significantly low tire pres-sure can cause the tires to over-heat and fail making the vehicleunstable resulting in increasedbraking distances and a loss ofvehicle control.

6 11


Changing a tire with TPMSIf you have a flat tire, the Low TirePressure will come on. Have the flattire repaired by an authorized KiaPremium dealer as soon as possibleor replace the flat tire with the sparetire.

Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-ommended that you always haveyour tires serviced by an authorizedKia Premium dealer.

Even if you replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire, the Low TirePressure telltale will blink or remainon until the low pressure tire isrepaired and placed on the vehicle.After you replace the low pressuretire with the TPMS spare tire, theLow Tire Pressure telltale may blinkor illuminate after a few minutesbecause the TPMS sensor mountedon the spare wheel is not initiated.Once the low pressure tire is reinflat-ed to the recommended pressureand installed on the vehicle or theTPMS sensor mounted on thereplaced spare wheel is initiated byan authorized Kia Premium dealer,the TPMS malfunction indicator andthe low tire pressure telltale willextinguish within a few minutes ofdriving.If the indicator is not extinguishedafter a few minutes of driving, pleasevisit an authorized Kia Premiumdealer.

If an original mounted tire is replacedwith the spare tire, the TPMS sensoron the replaced spare wheel shouldbe initiated and the TPMS sensor onthe original mounted wheel shouldbe deactivated. If the TPMS sensoron the original mounted wheel locat-ed in the spare tire carrier still acti-vates, the tire pressure monitoringsystem may not operate properly.Have the tire with TPMS serviced orreplaced by an authorized KiaPremium dealer.

CAUTION - Repair AgentsNever use a puncture-repairingagent not approved by Kia torepair and/or inflate a low pres-sure tire. The tire sealant notapproved by Kia may damagethe tire pressure sensor.


126

You may not be able to identify a lowtire by simply looking at it. Alwaysuse a good quality tire pressuregauge to measure the tire's inflationpressure. Please note that a tire thatis hot (from being driven) will have ahigher pressure measurement than atire that is cold (from sitting station-ary for at least 3 hours and drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that3 hour period).Allow the tire to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tire is cold before inflating tothe recommended pressure.A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1.6 km (1 mile) in that 3hour period.

✽✽ NOTICE - Protecting TPMSTampering with, modifying, or dis-abling the Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) components mayinterfere with the system's ability towarn the driver of low tire pressureconditions and/or TPMS malfunc-tions. Tampering with, modifying,or disabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) compo-nents may void the warranty forthat portion of the vehicle.

This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1.This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2.This device must accept any inter-


WARNING - TPMS WARN-ING Limitations

• The TPMS cannot alert you tosevere and sudden tire dam-age caused by external factorssuch as nails or road debris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-ity, immediately take your footoff the accelerator, apply thebrakes gradually and withlight force, and slowly move toa safe position off the road.

6 13


IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREJack and tools

The jack, jack handle, wheel lug nutwrench are stored in the luggagecompartment.Pull up the luggage box cover toreach this equipment.(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

Always move the vehicle completelyoff the road and onto the shoulderbefore trying to change a tire. Thejack should be used on firm levelground. If you cannot find a firm levelplace off the road, call a towing serv-ice company for assistance.Be sure to use the correct front andrear jacking positions on the vehicle;never use the bumpers or any otherpart of the vehicle for jack support.

OTF060002 WARNING - Tire JackDo not place any portion of yourbody under a vehicle that isonly supported by a jack sincethe vehicle can easily roll off thejack. Use vehicle supportstands.

WARNING - Changingtires

Never attempt vehicle repairs inthe traffic lanes of a public roador highway.


146

Do not allow anyone to remain in thevehicle while it is on the jack.Make sure any children present arein a secure place away from the roadand from the vehicle to be raised withthe jack.

Removing and storing thespare tire

Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise.Store the tire in the reverse order ofremoval.To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

Changing tires

1.Park on a level surface and applythe parking brake firmly.

2.Place the shift lever into P (Park).3.Activate the hazard warning flash-

ers.

WARNING - Running vehi-cle on jack

Do not start or run the engine ofthe vehicle while the vehicle ison the jack as this may causethe vehicle to fall off the jack.

OVG069011

OBH068002L

6 15


4.Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5.Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositefrom the jack position.

6.Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter-clockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

1JBA6504

WARNING - Changing a tire• To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle beblocked, and that no personremain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.

OBK069003


166

7.Place the jack at the front (1) orrear (2) jacking position closest tothe tire you are changing. Place thejack at the designated locationsunder the frame.

8.Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 30 mm (1 in.).Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

OVG063015

1JBA6025

WARNING - Jack location

To reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

OFD067008

6 17


9.Loosen the wheel nuts and removethem with your fingers. Slide thewheel off the studs and lay it flat soit cannot roll away. To put the wheelon the hub, pick up the spare tire,line up the holes with the studs andslide the wheel onto them. If this isdifficult, tip the wheel slightly andget the top hole in the wheel linedup with the top stud.Then jiggle thewheel back and forth until thewheel can slide over the otherstuds.Wheels may have sharp edges.Handle them carefully to avoidpossible severe injury. Before put-ting the wheel into place, be surethat there is nothing on the hub orwheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,etc.) that prevents the wheel fromfitting solidly against the hub.

10. To install the wheel, hold it on thestuds, put the wheel nuts on thestuds and tighten them fingertight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it iscompletely seated, then tightenthe nuts as much as possiblewith your fingers again.

11. Insert the wrench into the jackand lower the vehicle to theground by turning the wheel nutwrench counterclockwise.

WARNING - Installing awheel

Make sure the wheel makesgood contact with the hub wheninstalled. If the contact of themounting surface between thewheel and hub is not good, thewheel nuts could come looseand cause the loss of a wheel.Loss of a wheel may result inloss of control of the vehicle.


186

Then position the wrench as shownin the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use anextension pipe over the wrench han-dle. Go around the wheel tighteningevery nut following the numericalsequence shown in the image untilthey are all tight. Then double-checkeach nut for tightness. After changingwheels, have an authorized KiaPremium dealer tighten the wheelnuts to their proper torque as soonas possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:9~11 kg·m (65~79 lb·ft)

If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting the tire pressure. If the capis not replaced, dust and dirt may getinto the tire valve and air may leakfrom the tire. If you lose a valve cap,buy another and install it as soon aspossible.After you have changed the wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

Note that most lug nuts do not havemetric threads. Be sure to useextreme care in checking for threadstyle before installing aftermarket lugnuts or wheels. If in doubt, consult anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

OBK069016

CAUTION - Reusing lugnuts

Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Your vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud willnot secure the wheel to the hubproperly and will damage thestud so that it must be replaced.

6 19


To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.Check the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installing thespare tire. Adjust it to the specifiedpressure, if necessary. Refer to“Tires and wheels” in section 8.

Important - use of compact sparetireYour vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tire. This compact sparetire takes up less space than a regu-lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than aconventional tire and is designed fortemporary use only.You should drive carefully when thecompact spare is in use. The com-pact spare should be replaced by theproper conventional tire and rim atthe first opportunity.The operation of this vehicle is notrecommended with more than onecompact spare tire in use at thesame time.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 420 kPa (60 psi).

✽✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

WARNING - Wheel studsDo not drive your vehicle withdamaged wheel studs. If thestuds are damaged, they maylose their ability to retain thewheel. This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a colli-sion.

WARNING - Spare tireThe compact spare tire is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over80 km/h (50 mph). The originaltire should be repaired orreplaced as soon as possible toavoid failure of the spare possi-bly leading to personal injury ordeath.


206

When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); ahigher speed could damage thetire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately25 mm (1 inch), which could resultin damage to the vehicle.

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic vehicle wash while thecompact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• The compact spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other vehicle com-ponents may occur.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

6 21


Jack label 1. Model Name2. Maximum allowable load3. When using the jack, set your

parking brake.4. When using the jack, stop the

engine.5. Do not get under a vehicle that is

supported by a jack.6. The designated locations under

the frame7. When supporting the vehicle, the

base plate of jack must be verticalunder the lifting point.

8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicleswith manual transmission or movethe shift lever to the P position onvehicles with automatic transmis-sion.

9. The jack should be used on firmlevel ground.

10. Jack manufacturer11. Production date

OHYK064001

OHYK064002

• Type A■ Example

• Type B

❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. Formore detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.


226

TOWINGTowing service

If emergency towing is necessary,we recommend having it done by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer or acommercial tow-truck service.Proper lifting and towing proceduresare necessary to prevent damage tothe vehicle. The use of wheel dolliesor flatbed is recommended.For trailer towing guidelines informa-tion, refer to “Trailer towing” in sec-tion 5.

It is acceptable to tow the vehiclewith the rear wheels on the ground(without dollies) and the front wheelsoff the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or sus-pension components are damagedor the vehicle is being towed with thefront wheels on the ground, use atowing dolly under the front wheels.When being towed by a commercialtow truck and wheel dollies are notused, the front of the vehicle shouldalways be lifted, not the rear.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the EPB does not release normal-ly, take your vehicle to an author-ized Kia Premium dealer by loadingthe vehicle on a flatbed tow truckand have the system checked.

OMC045012

A

B

dolly

WARNING - Side and cur-tain air bag

If your vehicle is equipped withside and curtain air bag, set theignition switch to LOCK or ACCposition when the vehicle isbeing towed. The side and cur-tain air bag may deploy whenthe ignition is ON, and therollover sensor detects the situ-ation as a rollover.

6 23


When towing your vehicle in anemergency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC

position.2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

Removable towing hook (if equipped)

1. Open the trunk, and remove thetowing hook from the tool case.

2. Remove the hole cover pressingthe lower part of the cover on thebumper.

3. Install the towing hook by turning itclockwise into the hole until it isfully secured.

4. Remove the towing hook andinstall the cover after use.

CAUTION• Do not tow the vehicle back-

wards with the front wheels onthe ground as this may causedamage to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-typeequipment. Use wheel lift orflatbed equipment.

HXD02

HXD03

CAUTIONFailure to place the shift lever inN (Neutral) may cause internaldamage to the transaxle.

OVG065013N


246

Emergency towing

If towing is necessary, have itdone by an authorized KiaPremium dealer or a commercialtow truck service.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may betemporarily towed using a cable orchain secured to the emergency tow-ing hook under the rear of the vehi-cle. Use extreme caution when tow-ing the vehicle. A driver must be inthe vehicle to steer it and operate thebrakes.Towing in this manner may be doneonly on hard-surfaced roads for ashort distance and at low speeds.Also, the wheels, axles, power train,steering and brakes must all be ingood condition.• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a

vehicle out of mud, sand or otherconditions from which the vehiclecannot be driven out under its ownpower.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier thanthe vehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other fre-quently.

OVG065014N

OVG063007

■ Front

■ Rear

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the

tow hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks fortowing may damage the bodyof your vehicle.

• Use only a cable or chainspecifically intended for usein towing vehicles. Securelyfasten the cable or chain tothe towing hook provided.

6 25


• Before emergency towing, checkthat the hook is not broken or dam-aged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steadyand even force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, donot pull from the side or at a verti-cal angle. Always pull straightahead.

• If the disabled vehicle is unable tobe moved, do not forcibly continuethe towing. Contact an authorizedKia Premium dealer or a commer-cial tow truck service for assis-tance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle duringtowing.

• Use a towing strap less than 16feet (5 m) long. Attach a white orred cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches)wide) in the middle of the strap foreasy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towingstrap is not loosened during tow-ing.

WARNING Use extreme caution when tow-ing the vehicle.Avoid sudden starts or erraticdriving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on theemergency towing hook andtowing cable or chain. The hookand towing cable or chain maybreak and cause serious injuryor damage. OYF069017

Emergency towing precautions• Place the ignition switch in ACC so

the steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking bake.• Press the brake pedal with more

force than normal since you willhave reduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will berequired because the power steer-ing system will be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill,the brakes may overheat and brakeperformance will be reduced. Stopoften and let the brakes cool off.

• If the car is being towed with allfour wheels on the ground, it canbe towed only from the front. Besure that the transaxle is in neutral.Be sure the steering is unlocked byplacing the ignition switch in theACC position. A driver must be inthe towed vehicle to operate thesteering and brakes.

CAUTION - Automatictransaxle

• To avoid serious damage tothe automatic transaxle, limitthe vehicle speed to 15 km/h(10 mph) and drive less than1.5 km (1 mile) when towing.

• Before towing, check the auto-matic transaxle for fluid leaksunder your vehicle. If the auto-matic transaxle fluid is leak-ing, a flatbed equipment ortowing dolly must be used.

6 26


Maintenance

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6• Owner maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Scheduled maintenance service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-25Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29

• Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29• Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30

Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31• Checking the coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31• Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34• Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34

Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35• Checking the washer fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36• Checking the parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36

Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37• Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37

Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38• Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38

Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39• Blade inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39• Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43• For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43• Battery recharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45• Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45

Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46• Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46• Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . . 7-46• Checking tire inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47• Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48• Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49• Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50• Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51• Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51• Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51• Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51• Low aspect ratio tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59

7

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60• Instrument panel fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62• Engine compartment fuse replacement. . . . . . . . . . . 7-63• Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65

Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79

Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81

7

7 3

Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OHG011004A

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine oil dipstick

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Engine coolant reservoir

4. Radiator cap

5. Brake fluid reservoir

6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

7. Air cleaner

8. Positive battery terminal

9. Negative battery terminal

10. Fuse box

■■ 3.3L Engine

Maintenance

47

MAINTENANCE SERVICESYou should exercise the utmost careto prevent damage to your vehicleand injury to yourself whenever per-forming any maintenance or inspec-tion procedures.Should you have any doubts con-cerning the inspection or servicing ofyour vehicle, we strongly recom-mend that you have an authorizedKia Premium dealer perform thiswork.An authorized Kia Premium dealerhas factory-trained technicians andgenuine Kia parts to service yourvehicle properly. For expert adviceand quality service, see an author-ized Kia Premium dealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-cient servicing may result in opera-tional problems with your vehicle thatcould lead to vehicle damage, anaccident, or personal injury.

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsi-bility.You should retain documents thatshow proper maintenance has beenperformed on your vehicle in accor-dance with the scheduled mainte-nance service charts shown on thefollowing pages. You need this infor-mation to establish your compliancewith the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle war-ranties.Detailed warranty information isprovided in your Warranty &Consumer Information manual.

Repairs and adjustments required asa result of improper maintenance ora lack of required maintenance arenot covered.We recommend you have your vehi-cle maintained and repaired by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer. Anauthorized Kia Premium dealermeets Kia’s high service quality stan-dards and receives technical supportfrom Kia in order to provide you witha high level of service satisfaction.

7 5

Maintenance

Owner maintenance precau-tions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section,several procedures can be done onlyby an authorized Kia Premium deal-er with special tools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance dur-ing the warranty period may affectwarranty coverage. For details, readthe separate Warranty & ConsumerInformation manual provided withthe vehicle. If you're unsure aboutany servicing or maintenance proce-dure, have it done by an authorizedKia Premium dealer.

WARNING - Maintenancework

Do not wear jewelry or looseclothing while working underthe hood of your vehicle withthe engine running. These canbecome entangled in movingparts, if you must run theengine while working under thehood, make certain that youremove all jewelry (especiallyrings, bracelets, watches, andnecklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar looseclothing before getting near theengine or cooling fans.

Maintenance

67

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checksand inspections that should be per-formed by the owner or an author-ized Kia Premium dealer at the fre-quencies indicated to help ensuresafe, dependable operation of yourvehicle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your deal-er as soon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checksare generally not covered by war-ranties and you may be charged forlabor, parts and lubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check the coolant level in coolant

reservoir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.• Check the radiator and condenser.

Check if the front of the radiatorand condenser are clean and notblocked with leaves, dirt or insectsetc. If any of the above parts areextremely dirty or you are not sureof their condition, take your vehicleto an authorized Kia Premiumdealer.

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of

the exhaust or any smell ofexhaust fumes in the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steer-ing effort or looseness in the steer-ing wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position.

• Notice if your vehicle constantlyturns slightly or “pulls” to one sidewhen traveling on smooth, levelroad.

• When stopping, listen and checkfor unusual sounds, pulling to oneside, increased brake pedal travelor “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in theoperation of your transaxle occurs,check the transaxle fluid level.

• Check the automatic transaxle P(Park) function.

• Check the parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your

vehicle (water dripping from the airconditioning system during or afteruse is normal).

WARNING - Hot coolantBe careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hotcoolant and steam may blowout under pressure.

7 7

Maintenance

At least monthly:• Check the coolant level in the

engine coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turnsignals and hazard warning flash-ers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall) :• Check the radiator, heater and air

conditioning hoses for leaks ordamage.

• Check the windshield washerspray and wiper operation. Cleanthe wiper blades with clean clothdampened with washer fluid.

• Check the headlight alignment.• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for

wear and function.• Check for worn tires and loose

wheel lug nuts.

At least once a year :• Clean the body and door drain

holes.• Lubricate the door hinges and

check the hood hinges.• Lubricate the door and hood locks

and latches.• Lubricate the door rubber weather-

strips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Check the power steering fluid

level.• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean the battery and terminals.• Check the brake/clutch fluid level.

Maintenance

87

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow the Normal MaintenanceSchedule if the vehicle is usuallyoperated where none of the followingconditions apply. If any of the followingconditions apply, follow theMaintenance Under Severe UsageConditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or

sandy areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in

cold temperatures and/or extreme-ly humid climates.

• More than 50% driving in heavycity traffic during hot weatherabove 32°C (90°F).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you shouldinspect, replace or refill more fre-quently than the following NormalMaintenance Schedule. After 120months or 240,000 km (150,000miles) continue to follow the pre-scribed maintenance intervals.

7 9

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULEThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keepreceipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the fre-quency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.

*1 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from yourauthorized Kia Premium dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

*2 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this mainte-nance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss ofpower, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an author-ized Kia Premium dealer for details.

*3 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.*4 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary.

Maintenance

107

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 6 months

❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 12 months)❑ Add fuel additive *1

(12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 12 months)❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections❑ Inspect brake pedal free play

24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 12 months

❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace engine oil and filter


(12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 12 months)❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections❑ Inspect brake pedal free play❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean orreplace.


7 11

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 36,000 km (22,500 miles) or 18 months





❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect brake fluid❑ Inspect fuel filter *2

❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *2

❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 48 months)

(Continued)


Maintenance

127



joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace engine oil and filter








NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE(Continued)

❑ Add fuel additive *1




7 13

Maintenance







❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball


❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *2

❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect valve clearance *3

❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Inspect drive belts *3

(First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 monthsafter every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months)

(Continued)

Maintenance

147






NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (Continued)

❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace engine oil and filter




7 15

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 120,000 km (75,000 miles) or 60 months

❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect drive belts *3

(First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months)


❑ Replace engine oil and filter (120,000 km (75,000 miles) or 120 months)



(Continued)

(Continued)

❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections❑ Inspect brake pedal free play❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks


Maintenance

167


❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball



❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Inspect drive belts *3



(Continued)






7 17

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE(Continued)










Maintenance

187

(Continued)









❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter


(Continued)

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

7 19

Maintenance











❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect valve clearance *3



(Continued)

Maintenance

207






(Continued)

❑ Replace climate control air filter(for evaporator and blower unit)


(192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 192 months)❑ Replace coolant






7 21

Maintenance






❑ Replace engine oil and filter(216,000 km (135,000 miles) or 216 months)



(Continued)

(Continued)

❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections❑ Inspect brake pedal free play❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks







Maintenance

227

No check, No service required

❑ Automatic transaxle fluid








(Continued)

(Continued)


(240,000 km (150,000 miles) or 240 months)❑ Replace coolant






7 23

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSThe following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Referto the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE ITEMMAINTENANCE

OPERATIONMAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING CONDITION

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER REVERY 6,000 KM (3,750 MILES) OR

6 MONTHSA, B, C, D, E, F,

G, H, I, J, K

AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY A, B, H, I, K

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 96,000 KM (60,000 MILES) A, C, E, F, G, I

(Continued)

Maintenance

247

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSA-Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles)

in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freez-ing temperature

B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis-tances

C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads

D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or invery cold weather

E-Driving in sandy areas

F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 32°C (90°F)G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle

towingJ - Driving over 170 km/h (106 mph)K- Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

MAINTENANCE ITEMMAINTENANCE

OPERATIONMAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING CONDITION

FRONT DISC BRAKE/PADS, CALIPERS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

REAR DISC BRAKE/PADS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, F, G

PARKING BRAKE I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE &BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPERARM BALL JOINT

I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F, G, H, I

DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS IEVERY 120,000 KM (75,000 MILES) OR 6

MONTHSC, D, E, F, G, H, I

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (FOREVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

7 25

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSEngine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified inthe maintenance schedule. If the caris being driven in severe conditions,more frequent oil and filter changesare required.

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oilsaturation and replace if necessary.

Fuel filterA clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven,damage the emission system andcause multiple issues such as hardstarting. If an excessive amount offoreign matter accumulates in thefuel tank, the filter may requirereplacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run theengine for several minutes, andcheck for leaks at the connections.Fuel filters should be installed by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses andconnections for leakage and dam-age. Have an authorized KiaPremium dealer replace any dam-aged or leaking parts immediately.

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler capshould be inspected at those inter-vals specified in the maintenanceschedule. Make sure that a newvapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor-rectly replaced.

Maintenance

267

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhosesInspect the surface of hoses for evi-dence of heat and/or mechanicaldamage. Hard and brittle rubber,cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, andexcessive swelling indicate deterio-ration. Particular attention should bepaid to examine those hose surfacesnearest to high heat sources, suchas the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assurethat the hoses do not come in con-tact with any heat source, sharpedges or moving component whichmight cause heat damage ormechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps andcouplings, to make sure they aresecure, and that no leaks are pres-ent. Hoses should be replacedimmediately if there is any evidenceof deterioration or damage.

Air cleaner filterA Genuine Kia air cleaner filter isrecommended when the filter isreplaced.

Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugsof the correct heat range.

Valve clearanceInspect excessive valve noise and/orengine vibration and adjust if neces-sary. An authorized Kia Premiumdealer should perform the operation.

Cooling systemCheck cooling system components,such as radiator, coolant reservoir,hoses and connections for leakageand damage. Replace any damagedparts.

CoolantThe coolant should be changed atthe intervals specified in the mainte-nance schedule.

7 27

Maintenance

Automatic transaxle fluid Automatic transaxle fluid does notneed to be checked under normalusage conditions.But in severe conditions, the fluidshould be changed at an authorizedKia Premium dealer in accordance tothe scheduled maintenance at thebeginning of this chapter.

✽✽ NOTICEAutomatic transaxle fluid color isbasically red. As the vehicle is driven, the auto-matic transaxle fluid will begin tolook darker.This a normal condition and youshould not judge the need to replacethe fluid based upon the changedcolor.

The use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle malfunctionand failure.Use only specified automatictransaxle fluid. (Refer to“Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration andany leakage. Replace any deteriorat-ed or damaged parts immediately.

Brake fluidCheck brake fluid level in the brakefluid reservoir. The level should bebetween “MIN” and “MAX” marks onthe side of the reservoir. Use onlyhydraulic brake fluid conforming toDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake systemincluding the parking brake pedal orlever and cables.

Brake discs, pads, calipersand rotorsCheck the pads for excessive wear,discs for run out and wear, andcalipers for fluid leakage.

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connectionsfor looseness or damage. Retightento the specified torque.

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engineoff, check for excessive free-play inthe steering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or dam-age. Check the dust boots and balljoints for deterioration, cracks, ordamage. Replace any damagedparts.

Maintenance

287

Exhaust pipe and mufflerVisually inspect the exhaust pipes,muffler and hangers for cracks, dete-rioration, or damage. Start theengine and listen carefully for anyexhaust gas leakage. Tighten con-nections or replace parts as neces-sary.

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots andclamps for cracks, deterioration, ordamage. Replace any damagedparts and, if necessary, repack thegrease.

Air conditioning refrigerantCheck the air conditioning lines andconnections for leakage and dam-age.

7 29

Maintenance

ENGINE OILChecking the engine oil level

1. Be sure the vehicle is on levelground.

2. Start the engine and allow it toreach normal operating tempera-ture.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for afew minutes (about 5 minutes) forthe oil to return to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,and reinsert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again andcheck the level. The level shouldbe between F and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil tobring the level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oilfrom being spilled on engine com-ponents.

Use only the specified engine oil.(Refer to “Recommended lubricantsand capacities” in section 8.)

WARNING - Radiatorhose

Be very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it maybe hot enough to burn you.

CAUTION - Replaceengine oil

Do not overfill with engine oil.Engine damage may result.

OHG071003A

OHG070004

Maintenance

307

Changing the engine oil andfilterHave engine oil and filter changed byan authorized Kia Premium dealeraccording to the MaintenanceSchedule at the beginning of thischapter.

WARNINGUsed engine oil may cause irri-tation or cancer of the skin ifleft in contact with the skin forprolonged periods of time.Always protect your skin bywashing your hands thoroughlywith soap and warm water assoon as possible after handlingused oil.

7 31

Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANTThe high-pressure cooling systemhas a reservoir filled with year-roundantifreeze coolant. The reservoir isfilled at the factory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, atthe beginning of the winter season,and before traveling to a colder cli-mate.

Checking the coolant level

Check the condition and connectionsof all cooling system hoses andheater hoses. Replace any swollenor deteriorated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F (MAX) and L (MIN) markson the side of the coolant reservoirwhen the engine is cool.

If the coolant level is low, add enoughdistilled (deionized) water. Bring thelevel to F (MAX), but do not overfill. Iffrequent coolant addition is required,see an authorized Kia Premium deal-er for a cooling system inspection.

WARNING - Cooling fanUse caution whenworking near theblade of the coolingfan. The electricmotor (cooling fan) is

controlled by engine coolanttemperature, refrigerant pres-sure and vehicle speed. It maysometimes operate even whenthe engine is not running.Your vehicle equipped with GDI,the electric motor (cooling fan)may operate until you discon-nect the negative battery cable.Not heeding these warningscould result in serious injuries.

OHG070005

Maintenance

327

WARNING Radiator cap

Do not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiatorare hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure.

Recommended engine coolant• When adding coolant, use only

deionized water or soft water foryour vehicle and never mix hardwater in the coolant filled at the fac-tory. An improper coolant mixturecan result in serious malfunction orengine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-minum engine parts and must beprotected by an ethylene-glycol-based coolant to prevent corrosionand freezing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the spec-ified coolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or lessthan 35% antifreeze, which wouldreduce the effectiveness of thesolution.

For mixture percentage, refer to thefollowing table.

-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

OHG071006L

7 33

Maintenance

Turn the engine off and wait until itcools down. Use care when remov-ing the radiator cap. Wrap a thicktowel around it, and turn it counter-clockwise slowly to the first stop.Step back while the pressure isreleased from the cooling system.When you are sure all the pressurehas been released, press down onthe cap, using a thick towel, and con-tinue turning counterclockwise toremove it.

Changing the coolantHave the coolant changed by anauthorized Kia Premium dealeraccording to the MaintenanceSchedule at the beginning of thissection.Put a thick cloth or fabric around theradiator cap before refilling thecoolant in order to prevent thecoolant from overflowing into engineparts such as the alternator.

CAUTION - Removingradiator cap

Never attempt toremove the radiatorcap while the engineis operating or hot.Doing so might leadto cooling system andengine damage.

Maintenance

347

BRAKE FLUIDChecking the brake fluid level

Check the fluid level in the reservoirperiodically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX (Maximum) and MIN(Minimum) marks on the side of thereservoir.Before removing the reservoir capand adding brake fluid, clean thearea around the reservoir cap thor-oughly to prevent brake fluid contam-ination.

If the level is low, add fluid to theMAX (Maximum) level. The level willfall with accumulated mileage. This isa normal condition associated withthe wear of brake linings. If the fluidlevel is excessively low, have thebrake system checked by an author-ized Kia Premium dealer.

Use only the specified brake fluid.(Refer to “Recommended lubricantsor capacities” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

In the event the brake systemrequires frequent additions of fluid,the vehicle should be inspected byan authorized Kia Premium dealer.When changing and adding brakefluid, handle it carefully. Do not let itcome in contact with your eyes. Ifbrake fluid should come in contactwith your eyes, immediately flushthem with a large quantity of freshtap water. Have your eyes examinedby a doctor as soon as possible.

Brake fluid, which has been exposedto open air for an extended timeshould never be used as its qualitycannot be guaranteed. It should bedisposed of properly.

OVG079007L

CAUTION - Proper fluidOnly use brake fluid in brakesystem. Small amounts ofimproper fluids (such as engineoil) can cause damage to thebrake system.

CAUTION - Brake fluidDo not allow brake fluid to con-tact the vehicle's body paint, aspaint damage will result.

7 35

Maintenance

WASHER FLUIDChecking the washer fluidlevel

Check the fluid level in the washerfluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-sary. Plain water may be used ifwasher fluid is not available.However, use washer solvent withantifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

WARNING - Windshield

fluidDo not drink the windshieldwasher fluid. The windshieldwasher fluid is poisonous tohumans and animals.

WARNING - Flammable

fluidDo not allow the washer fluid tocome in contact with openflames or sparks. The wind-shield washer fluid reservoir isflammable under certain cir-cumstances.This can result in afire.

OHG071008A

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and maycause loss of vehicle control.

Maintenance

367

PARKING BRAKEChecking the parking brake

Check whether the stroke is withinspecification when the parking brakepedal is depressed with 20 kg (44 lb,196 N) of force. Also, the parkingbrake alone should securely hold thevehicle on a fairly steep grade.Stroke : 4~5 notch

OVG059013

7 37

Maintenance

Filter replacement

It must be replaced when necessary,and should not be washed.You can clean the filter when inspect-ing the air cleaner element.Clean the filter by using compressedair.

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extreme-ly dusty or sandy areas, replace theelement more often than the usualrecommended intervals. (Refer to“Maintenance under severe usageconditions” in this section.)

AIR CLEANER

OVG079010L

CAUTION - Air filter maintenance

• Do not drive with the air clean-er removed; this will result inexcessive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleanerfilter, be careful that dust ordirt does not enter the airintake, or damage may result.

• Use a Kia genuine part. Use ofnongenuine part could dam-age the air flow sensor.

Maintenance

387

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)Filter inspectionThe climate control air filter shouldbe replaced according to theMaintenance Schedule. If the vehicleis operated in severely air-pollutedcities or on dusty rough roads for along period, it should be inspectedmore frequently and replaced earlier.When you replace the climate controlair filter, replace it performing the fol-lowing procedure, and be careful toavoid damaging other components.

7 39

Maintenance

WIPER BLADESBlade inspection

Commercial hot waxes applied byautomatic car washes have beenknown to make the windshield diffi-cult to clean.

Contamination of either the wind-shield or the wiper blades with for-eign matter can reduce the effective-ness of the windshield wipers.Common sources of contaminationare insects, tree sap, and hot waxtreatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are notwiping properly, clean both the win-dow and the blades with a goodcleaner or mild detergent, and rinsethoroughly with clean water.

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer cleanadequately, the blades may be wornor cracked, and require replacement.To prevent damage to the wiper armsor other components, do not attemptto move the wipers manually.The use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

1JBA5122CAUTION - Wiper blades

To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

Maintenance

407

Front windshield wiper blade

Type A

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn thewiper blade assembly to exposethe plastic locking clip.

2. Compress the clip and slide theblade assembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

Type B

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn thewiper blade assembly to exposethe plastic locking clip.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield

1LDA5023

CAUTION - Wiper armsDo not allow the wiper arm tofall against the windshield,since it may chip or crack thewindshield.

1JBA7037

1JBA7038

OED070112

7 41

Maintenance

2. Open the cover of the blade.3. Compress the clip behind the

wiper arm and lift it off the arm.

4. Install the blade assembly until itclicks into place

5. Close the cover of blade.6. Return the wiper arm to the prop-

er position.

Type C

1. Raise the wiper arm.

OED070113 OED070114

CAUTION - Wiper armsDo not allow the wiper arm tofall against the windshield,since it may chip or crack thewindscreen.

OHM078059

Maintenance

427

2. Turn the wiper blade clip. Then liftup the blade clip.

3. Push the clip (1) and push up thewiper arm (2).

4. Push down the wiper arm (3) andinstall the new blade assembly inthe reverse order of removal.

5. Return the wiper arm on the wind-shield.

OSBL071001

OSBL071003

OSBL071002

7 43

Maintenance

BATTERYFor best battery service

• Keep the battery securely mount-ed.

• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connec-

tions clean, tight, and coated withpetroleum jelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte fromthe battery immediately with asolution of water and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to beused for an extended time, discon-nect the battery cables.

OVG079017L

WARNING - Risk of explosion

Keep lit cigarettes andall other flames orsparks away from thebattery.The battery containshydrogen -- a highlycombustible gas whichwill explode if it comesin contact with a flame orspark.

WARNING - Sulfuric acidin batteries

Keep batteries out of thereach of childrenbecause batteries con-tain highly corrosiveSULFURIC ACID andelectrolytes. Do notallow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.Wear eye protectionwhen charging or work-ing near a battery.Always provide ventila-tion when working in anenclosed space.

Maintenance

447

Always read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention.If electrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly wash thecontacted area. If you feelpain or burning sensation,get medical attention imme-diately.An inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful to theenvironment and humanhealth. Dispose the batteryaccording to your local law(s)or regulation.The battery contains lead. Donot dispose of it after use.Please return the battery toan authorized Kia Premiumdealer to be recycled.

If you connect unauthorized elec-tronic devices to the battery, the bat-tery may be discharged. Never useunauthorized devices.

WARNING - Recharging battery

Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the battery cablesare connected.

WARNING - Risk of elec-trocution

Never touch the electrical igni-tion system while the vehicle isrunning. This system workswith high voltage which can"zap" you.

7 45

Maintenance

Battery rechargingYour vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged

in a short time (because, for exam-ple, the headlights or interior lightswere left on while the vehicle wasnot in use), recharge it by slowcharging (trickle) for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load whilethe vehicle is being used, rechargeit at 20-30A for two hours.

When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed from

the vehicle and placed in an areawith good ventilation.

• Watch the battery during charging,and stop or reduce the chargingrate if the battery cells begingassing (boiling) violently or if thetemperature of the electrolyte ofany cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).

• Wear eye protection when check-ing the battery during charging.

• Disconnect the battery charger inthe following order.1. Turn off the battery charger main

switch.2. Unhook the negative clamp from

the negative battery terminal.3. Unhook the positive clamp from

the positive battery terminal.• Before performing maintenance or

recharging the battery, turn off allaccessories and stop the engine.

• The negative battery cable must beremoved first and installed lastwhen the battery is disconnected.

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the bat-tery has been discharged or the bat-tery has been disconnected.• Auto up/down window

(See section 4)• Sunroof (See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)

Maintenance

467

TIRES AND WHEELSTire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

Recommended cold tire infla-tion pressuresAll tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less than1.6 km (one mile).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, vehiclehandling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressure,refer to “Tire and wheels” in section 8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the driver’s side centerpillar.

• Underinflation also results inexcessive wear, poor handling andreduced fuel economy. Wheeldeformation also is possible. Keepyour tire pressures at the properlevels. If a tire frequently needsrefilling, have it checked by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

• Overinflation produces a harsh ride,excessive wear at the center of thetire tread, and a greater possibilityof damage from road hazards.

OBH088004N

WARNING - Tire underin-flation

Inflate your tires consistent withthe instructions provided in thismanual. Severe underinflation(70 kPa (10 psi) or more) canlead to severe heat build-up,causing blowouts, tread separa-tion and other tire failures thatcan result in the loss of vehiclecontrol.This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

7 47

Maintenance

• Warm tires normally exceed rec-ommended cold tire pressures by28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do notrelease air from warm tires toadjust the pressure or the tires willbe underinflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tire inflationvalve caps. Without the valve cap,dirt or moisture could get into thevalve core and cause air leakage. Ifa valve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

Always observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the tires

are cold. (After vehicle has beenparked for at least three hours orhasn't been driven more than 1.6km (one mile) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of your sparetire each time you check the pres-sure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle. Becareful not to overload a vehicleluggage rack if your vehicle isequipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badly worn,or if your tires have been dam-aged, replace them.

Checking tire inflation pres-sureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

How to checkUse a good quality gauge to checktire pressure. You cannot tell if yourtires are properly inflated simply bylooking at them. Radial tires maylook properly inflated even whenthey're underinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1.6 km (1 mile).

WARNING - Tire InflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

Maintenance

487

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gauge firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gauge. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

• Inspect your tires frequently forproper inflation as well as wear anddamage. Always use a tire pres-sure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly causingpoor handling, loss of vehicle con-trol, and sudden tire failure leadingto accidents, injuries, and evendeath. The recommended cold tirepressure for your vehicle can befound in this manual and on the tirelabel located on the driver's sidecenter pillar.

• Remember to check the pressureof your spare tire. Kia recommendsthat you check the spare everytime you check the pressure of theother tires on your vehicle.

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 12,000 km (7,500 miles) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section 8.

7 49

Maintenance

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

✽✽ NOTICERotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right toleft.

Wheel alignment and tire bal-ance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

S2BLA790A

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tire

Directional tires (if equipped) WARNING - Mixing tiretypes

Do not mix bias ply and radialply tires under any circum-stances.This may cause unusu-al handling characteristics.

CAUTION - Wheel weightImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

Maintenance

507

Tire replacement

If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

The ABS works by comparing thespeed of the wheels. The tire sizeaffects wheel speed. When replacingtires, all 4 tires must use the samesize originally supplied with the vehi-cle. Using tires of a different size cancause the ABS (Anti-lock BrakeSystem) and ESC (ElectronicStability Control) to work irregularly.

✽✽ NOTICEWe recommend that when replacingtires, use the same originally sup-plied with the vehicles. If not, thataffects driving performance.

Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

OEN076053

Tread wear indicator

7 51

Maintenance

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.A wheel that is not the correct sizemay adversely affect wheel and bear-ing life, braking and stopping abilities,handling characteristics, groundclearance, body-to-tire clearance,snow chain clearance, speedometerand odometer calibration, headlightaim and bumper height.

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. Slow down whenever thereis rain, snow or ice on the road toreduce the possibility of losing con-trol of the vehicle.

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

Tire sidewall labeling

This information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

CAUTION - WheelWheels that do not meet Kia'sspecifications may fit poorlyand result in damage to thevehicle or unusual handling andpoor vehicle control.

Maintenance

527

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your vehicle. The fol-lowing explains what the letters andnumbers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)P235/65R17 108T

P - Applicable vehicle type (tiresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengervehicles or light trucks; however,not all tires have this marking).

235 - Tire width in millimeters.65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).17 - Rim diameter in inches.108 - Load Index, a numerical code

associated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

T - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:7.0JX17

7.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.17 - Rim diameter in inches.

7 53

Maintenance

Tire speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger vehicle tires. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1615 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2015.

S 180 km/h (112 mph)T 190 km/h (118 mph)H 210 km/h (130 mph)V 240 km/h (149 mph)Z 240 km/h (Above 149 mph)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

WARNING - Tire ageReplace tires within the recom-mended time frame. Failure toreplace tires as recommendedcan result in sudden tire failure,which could lead to a loss ofcontrol and an accident.

Maintenance

547

4. Tire ply composition and mate-rial

The number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

7. Uniform tire quality gradingQuality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example:TREADWEAR 200TRACTION AATEMPERATURE A

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.Regardless of the remaining tread,we recommend that tires be replacedafter approximately six (6) years ofnormal service. Heat caused by hotclimates or frequent high loadingconditions can accelerate the agingprocess.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclesmay vary with respect to grade.

7 55

Maintenance

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tire’s ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.The traction grade assigned to thistire is based on straight-ahead brak-ing traction tests, and does notinclude acceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak traction char-acteristics.

Temperature -A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire's resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of perform-ance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

Tire terminology and definitionsAir Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward onthe tire. Air pressure is expressed inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascal (kPa).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional acces-sories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, automatictransaxle, power seats, and air con-ditioning.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

Maintenance

567

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascals (kPa) before a tire has builtup heat from driving.Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant, but without passengers andcargo.DOT Markings: The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric des-ignator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand and date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Rear axle.

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Light truck (LT) tire: A tire designat-ed by its manufacturer as primarilyintended for use on lightweight trucksor multipurpose passenger vehicles.Load Index: An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that corre-sponds to the load carrying capacityof a tire.Load ratings: The maximum loadthat a tire is rated to carry for a giveninflation pressure.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire may be inflated. The maxi-mum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The loadrating for a tire at the maximum per-missible inflation pressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by 68 kg(150 pounds).Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The outwardfacing sidewall bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.Ply: A layer of rubber-coated parallelcords.

7 57

Maintenance

Pneumatic tire: A mechanicaldevice made of rubber, chemicals,fabric and steel or other materials,that, when mounted on an automo-tive wheel, provides the traction andcontains the gas or fluid that sustainsthe load.Production options weight: Thecombined weight of installed regularproduction options weighing over 2.3kg (5 lb.) in excess of the standarditems which they replace, not previ-ously considered in curb weight oraccessory weight, including heavyduty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack,heavy duty battery, and special trim.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure and shownon the tire placard.Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seated.

Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.Traction: The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called "wear bars,"that show across the tread of a tirewhen only 2/32 inch of tread remains.UTQGS: Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards, a tire informationsystem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.

Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs.) plus therated cargo and luggage load.Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tire dueto curb and accessory weight plusmaximum occupant and cargoweight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and driving by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-ly attached to a vehicle showing theoriginal equipment tire size and rec-ommended inflation pressure.

Maintenance

587

All season tires Kia specifies all season tires onsome models to provide good per-formance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires Kia specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior perform-ance on dry roads. Summer tire per-formance is substantially reduced insnow and ice. Summer tires do nothave the tire traction rating M+S(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.if you plan to operate your vehicle insnowy or icy conditions, Kia recom-mends the use of snow tires or allseason tires on all four wheels.

Snow tiresIf you equip your vehicle with snowtires, they should be the same sizeand have the same load capacity asthe original tires. Snow tires shouldbe installed on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4psi) more air pressure than the pres-sure recommended for the standardtires on the tire label on the driver'sside of the center pillar, or up to themaximum pressure shown on the tiresidewall, whichever is less.Do not drive faster than 120 km/h (75mph) when your vehicle is equippedwith snow tires.

Radial-ply tiresRadial-ply tires provide improved treadlife, road hazard resistance andsmoother high speed ride. The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are ofbelted construction, and are selectedto complement the ride and handlingcharacteristics of your vehicle. Radial-ply tires have the same load carryingcapacity, as bias-ply or bias belted tiresof the same size, and use the samerecommended inflation pressure.Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias-ply orbias belted tires is not recommended.Any combinations of radial-ply andbias-ply or bias belted tires when usedon the same vehicle will seriously dete-riorate vehicle handling. The best ruleto follow is: Identical radial-ply tiresshould always be used as a set of four.Longer wearing tires can be more sus-ceptible to irregular tread wear. It isvery important to follow the tire rotationinterval shown in this section toachieve the tread life potential of thesetires. Cuts and punctures in radial-plytires are repairable only in the treadarea, because of sidewall flexing.Consult your tire dealer for radial-plytire repairs.

7 59

Maintenance

Low aspect ratio tire(if equipped)Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspectratio is lower than 50, are providedfor sporty looks.Because the low aspect ratio tiresare optimized for handling and brak-ing, it may be more uncomfortable toride in and there is more noise com-pare with normal tires.

• It is not easy to recognize the tiredamage with your own eyes. But ifthere is the slightest hint of tiredamage, even though you cannotsee the tire damage with your owneyes, have the tire checked orreplaced because the tire damagemay cause air leakage from the tire.

• If the tire is damaged by driving ona rough road, off road, pothole,manhole, or curb stone, it will notbe covered by the warranty.

• You can find out the tire informationon the tire sidewall.

CAUTIONBecause the sidewall of the lowaspect ratio tire is shorter thanthe normal, the wheel and tire ofthe low aspect ratio tire is easi-er to be damaged. So, follow theinstructions below.- When driving on a rough road

or off road, drive cautiouslybecause tires and wheels maybe damaged. And after driving,inspect tires and wheels.

- When passing over a pothole,speed bump, manhole, or curbstone, drive slowly so that thetires and wheels are not dam-aged.

- If the tire is impacted, we rec-ommend that you inspect thetire condition or contact anauthorized Kia Premium deal-er.

- To prevent damage to the tire,inspect the tire condition andpressure every 3,000km.

Maintenance

607

FUSESA vehicle’s electrical system is pro-tected from electrical overload dam-age by fuses.This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, onelocated in the driver’s side panel bol-ster, the other in the engine compart-ment near the battery.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, checkthe appropriate circuit fuse. If a fusehas blown, the element inside thefuse will melt.If the electrical system does notwork, first check the driver’s sidefuse panel.Before replacing a blown fuse, dis-connect the negative battery cable.Always replace a blown fuse withone of the same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, thisindicates an electrical problem. Avoidusing the system involved and imme-diately consult an authorized KiaPremium dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: bladetype for lower amperage rating, car-tridge type, and multi fuse for higheramperage ratings.

• Do not arbitrarily modify or add-onelectric wiring to the vehicle.

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire or alu-minum foil instead of the prop-er fuse - even as a temporaryrepair. It may cause extensivewiring damage and a possiblefire.

OKH072054L

Normal

Normal

■ Blade type

■ Cartridge type

■ Multi fuse type

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

Normal Blown

■ Main fuse (BFT)

7 61

Maintenance

✽✽ NOTICEThe actual fuse/relay panel labelmay differ depending on equip-ment/options.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to removefuses because it may cause ashort circuit and damage thesystem.

CAUTION - FuseReplacement

Do not input any other objectsexcept fuses or relays intofuse/relay terminals such as adriver or wiring. It may causecontact failure and system mal-function.

WARNING - Electrical FireAlways ensure replacementfuses and relays are securelyfastened when installed. Failureto do so can result in a vehiclefire.

CAUTION• When replacing a blown fuse

or relay, make sure the newfuse or relay fits tightly intothe clips. Failure to tightlyinstall the fuse or relay maycause damage to the wiringand electric systems.

• Do not remove fuses, relaysand terminals fastened withbolts or nuts.The fuses, relaysand terminals may not be fas-tened correctly which maycause vehicle damage.

Maintenance

627

Instrument panel fuse replace-ment

1. Turn the ignition switch and allother switches off.

2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straightout. Use the fuse puller provided inthe engine compartment fusepanel.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace itif it is blown.

5. Push in a new fuse of the samerating, and make sure it fits tightlyin the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedKia Premium dealer.If you do not have a spare, use afuse of the same rating from a circuityou may not need for operating thevehicle, such as the cigarette lighterfuse.

If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work and thefuses are OK, check the fuse panelin the engine compartment. If a fuseis blown, it must be replaced.

OVG073018

OVG079019

7 63

Maintenance

Fuse switch

Always, put the fuse switch at the ONposition.If you move the switch to the OFFposition, some items such as audioand digital clock must be reset andtransmitter (or smart key) may notwork properly.Always place the fuse switch in theON position while driving the vehicle.

Engine compartment fusereplacement

1. Turn the ignition switch and allother switches off.

2. Remove the fuse panel cover bypressing the tab and pulling thecover up. When the blade typefuse is disconnected, remove it byusing the clip designed for chang-ing fuses located in the engineroom fuse box. Upon removal,securely insert reserve fuse ofequal quantity.

3. Check the removed fuse; replace itif it is blown. To remove or insertthe fuse, use the fuse puller in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the samerating, and make sure it fits tightlyin the clips. If it fits loosely, consultan authorized Kia Premium dealer.

OVG073020

OVG073021

CAUTION - Fuse panelcover

After checking the fuse panel inthe engine compartment,securely install the fuse panelcover. If not, electrical failuresmay occur from water contact.

Maintenance

647

Main fuse

If the main fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Turn off the engine.2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.4. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.5. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

Multi fuse

If the multi fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Remove the fuse panel in the

engine compartment.2. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.3. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.4. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the multi fuse is blown, consult anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

OVG079023L OVG079022

CAUTION - Fuse panelcovers

After checking the fuse panel inthe engine compartment,securely install the fuse panelcover to prevent electrical fail-ures which may occur fromwater leaking in.

7 65

Maintenance

Instrument fuse panel

✽✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions inthis manual may be applicable toyour vehicle. It is accurate at thetime of printing. When you inspectthe fuse panel in your vehicle, referto the fuse panel label.

OVG073024

Fuse/relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

OVG074104N

Maintenance

667

Engine compartment fusepanel


OVG073105N

OVG079025L

7 67

Maintenance

Engine room (Battery terminal cover)


OVG073106N

OVG079026

Maintenance

687

Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel)

NO. Fuse rating Description Protected component

MF1 10A MODULE 2

Tilt & Telescopic Module, Instrument cluster, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module, Rear SeatWarmer Module LH/RH, IMS Control Module, Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH, Rear ParkingAssist Sensor LH/RH(Center), Driver/Passenger Door Module, LDWS Camera Module, ElectroChromic Mirror, Room Lamp, MTS Module, Driver/Passenger CCS Control Module, Head LampLeveling Device Switch, Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module, Front Parking Assist SensorLH/RH, Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH/RH, Console SW, BSD (Blind Spot Detection)Unit LH/RH Rear P/WDW HEATED Module

MF2 10A PDM 3 PDM, Smart Key Control Module

MF3 10A HTD MRR Driver Power Outside Mirror, Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module

MF4 10A MEMORY 1Auto Light & Photo Sensor, Data Link Connector, Driver/Passenger Foot Lamp, Instrument Cluster,Digital Clock, Rear Curtain Module, A/C Control Module, Room Lamp, Driver/Passenger DoorModule

MF5 15A MULTI MEDIA MTS Module, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Audio Monitor

MF6 10A MDPS MDPS_SIG

MF7 10A MEMORY 2 RF Receiver

MF8 15A SPARE SPARE

MF9 10A SPARE SPARE

MF10 15A SPARE SPARE

7 69

Maintenance


MF11 20AS/HEATER

FRTDriver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module, Driver/Passenger CCS Control Module

MF12 10A A/BAG IND Instrument Cluster

MF13 15A HTD STRG Steering Wheel Heater

MF14 10A CURTAIN Rear Curtain Module, Driver/Passenger Door Module

MF15 25A P/SEAT PASS Passenger Manual Switch

MF16 25A AMP AMP

MF17 25A P/WDW RH Passenger Door Module, Rear Power Window Switch RH

MF18 25A P/WDW LH Driver Safety Power Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch LH

MF19 15A A/BAG SRS Control Module

MF20 10A A/CON Ionizer, Ionizer (IND.), A/C Control Module, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 14)

MF21 10A AUDIOSmart Key Control Module, Rear Audio Switch, Amp, Audio Monitor, Overhead Console LampSwitch, PDM, MTS Module, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, digital clock

MF22 10AINTERIOR

LAMP

Garnish Lamp LH/RH/Conter, Room Lamp, Driver/Passenger Vanity Lamp Switch, OverheadConsole Lamp Switch, Rear Door Mood Lamp LH/RH, Driver/Passenger Door Mood Lamp,Driver/Passenger Door Scuff Lamp, Driver/Passenger Door Lamp, Trunk Room Lamp

MF23 20A SUNROOF Panorama Sunroof

Maintenance

707


MF24 10A TRUNK Fuel Filler Door Switch, Trunk Lid Relay

MF25 20A S/HEATER RR Rear Seat Warmer Module LH/RH

MF26 10A MODULE 3ESP Control Module, ABS Control Module, Electric Parking Brake Module, Steering Angle Sensor,ESP Off Switch, Console Switch

MF27 10A MODULE 1PDM, ICM Relay Box (Head Lamp Washer Relay), Panorama Sunroof, Rear Curtain Module, DriverActive Seat Module, Rain Sensor

MF28 15APOWER OUTLET

Console Power Outlet

MF29 25A PDM Smart Key Control Module, Fob Holder

MF30 15A P/HANDLE Key Solenoid, Tilt & Telescopic Module, Sport Mode Switch

MF31 10ABRAKESWITCH

PDM, Start Stop Button Switch

MF32 20A DR/LOCK Driver Door Module

MF33 20A IG1 E/R Fuse & Relay Box (F12 15A, F11 10A, F10 10A)

MF34 25A WIPER E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 11, RLY.12), Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch

MF35 20A C/Lighter Front Cigarette Lighter

MF36 10A START Transaxle Range Switch, PCM

7 71

Maintenance


MULTIFUSE

F1 60A 2B+ IPM (F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, IPS1, IPS2, IPS3, IPS5, IPS7)

F2 60A 3B+ IPM (F14, F15, F17, F18, F25)

F3 40A IG1W/O Smart Key : Ignition Switch With Smart Key : E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 1, RLY. 9)

F4 40A 1ABS ABS Control,ESP Control

F5 40A RR HTD E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 2)

F6 40A BLOWER E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 14)

F7 60A 4B+ IPM (F4, F5, IPS 0, IPS 4, IPS 6)

F8 80A MDPS MDPS_PWR

FUSE(E/R Fuse &Relay Box)

F9 10A A/CON A/C Control Module

F10 10A STOP LAMP E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 8), Stop Lamp Switch, Multipurpose Check Connector

F11 10A IG1 Alternator, PCM

F12 15A T2TCU Transaxle Range Switch

F13 10A IDB IDB_LAG

Engine compartment main fuse panel

Maintenance

727



F14 30A IG2W/O Smart Key : E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 3), Ignition SwitchWith Smart Key : E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 3, RLY. 10)

F15 50A C/FAN E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 4, RLY. 5)

F16 30A 1EPB Electric Parking Brake Module

F17 40A 3ECU EMS Box (F35, F36, F37, F38)

F18 30A 2ABS ABS Control, ESP Control

F19 30A 2EPB Electric Parking Brake Module

F20 10A WIPER IPM (IPS Control Module)

F21 10A B/UP LAMPMTS Module, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Rear Curtain Module,Electro Chromic Mirror, Rear Combination Lamp(In) LH/RH

F22 10A AMS Not Used

F23 20A - ICM Relay Box (Head Lamp Washer Realy)

F24 20A 1TCU PCM

F25 15A 1STOP LAMP E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 12), Stop Lamp Switch, Stop Lamp Signal Relay

F26 20A DEICER E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 7)

7 73

Maintenance



F27 10A CRUISE ASCC (Advanced Smart Cruise Control) Radar

F28 30A P/SEAT (DRV)IMS Control Module, Driver Lumbar Support Switch, Driver Cushion Extension Switch, Driver Manual Switch

F29 40A 1B+ IPM (F29, F30, F31, F32, IPS 11, Leak Current Autocut Device)

FUSE(EMS Box)

F30 20A IGN COILG4KE : Ignition Coil #1, #2, #3, #4, CondenserG6DC : Ignition Coil #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, Condenser #1, #2

F31 15A 1SENSOR

G4KE : Immobilizer Module, Camshaft Position Sensor #1, #2,Variable Intake Manifold Valve, Crankshaft Position Sensor,Oil Control Valve #1, #2, Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve

G6DC : PCM, Immobilizer Module, Oxygen Sensor #1, #2, #3, #4

F32 15A 2SENSOR

G4KE : E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 5),Oxygen Sensor (Up, Down)

G6DC : Variable Intake Manifold Valve #1, #2, PCM,E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 5), Oil Control Valve #1, #2,#3, #4,Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve,

F33 15A INJECTORG4KE : Injector #1, #2, #3, #4G6DC : Injector #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, PCM

F34 20A F/FUMP E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 16)

F35 10A 2ECU PCM

F36 15A HORN E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 13), EMS Box (RLY. 15)

F37 30A 1ECU EMS Box (RLY. 17)

Maintenance

747

APPEARANCE CAREExterior careExterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warningand caution statements that appearon the label.

Finish maintenanceWashing

To help protect your vehicle’s finishfrom rust and deterioration, wash itthoroughly and frequently at leastonce a month with lukewarm or coldwater.If you use your vehicle for off-roaddriving, you should wash it after eachoff-road trip. Pay special attention tothe removal of any accumulation ofsalt, dirt, mud, and other foreign mate-rials. Make sure the drain holes in thelower edges of the doors and rockerpanels are kept clear and clean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similardeposits can damage your vehicle’sfinish if not removed immediately.Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits. A mild soap, safe for use onpainted surfaces, may be used.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water.Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.

CAUTION• Do not use strong soap, chem-

ical detergents or hot water,and do not wash the vehicle indirect sunlight or when thebody of the vehicle is warm.

• Be careful when washing theside windows of your vehicle.Especailly, with high-pressurewater. Water may leak throughthe windows and wet the inte-rior.

• To prevent damage to theplastic parts and lamps, donot clean with chemical sol-vents or strong detergents.

7 75

Maintenance

High-pressure washing

• When using high-pressure wash-ers, make sure to maintain suffi-cient distance from the vehicle.Insufficient clearance or excessivepressure can lead to componentdamage or water penetration.

• Do not spray the camera, sensorsor its surrounding area directly witha high pressure washer. Shockapplied from high pressure watermay cause the device to not oper-ate normally.

• Do not bring the nozzle tip close toboots (rubber or plastic covers) orconnectors as they may be dam-aged if they come into contact withhigh pressure water.

Waxing

Wax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehiclebefore waxing. Use a good qualityliquid or paste wax, and follow themanufacturer’s instructions. Wax allmetal trim to protect it and to main-tain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-als with a spot remover will usuallystrip the wax from the finish. Be sure tore-wax these areas even if the rest ofthe vehicle does not yet need waxing.CAUTION - Wetting engine

• Water washing in the enginecompartment including highpressure water washing maycause the failure of electricalcircuits located in the enginecompartment.

• Never allow water or other liq-uids to come in contact withelectrical/electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle asthis may damage them.

CAUTION - Drying vehicle• Wiping dust or dirt off the

body with a dry cloth willscratch the finish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, acid detergents orstrong detergents containinghigh alkaline or caustic agentson chrome-plated or anodizedaluminum parts. This mayresult in damage to the protec-tive coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

OJB037800

Maintenance

767

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quicklyrust and may develop into a majorrepair expense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged andrequires any metal repair orreplacement, be sure the body shopapplies anti-corrosion materials tothe parts repaired or replaced.

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects,

use a tar remover, not a scraper orother sharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metal parts from corrosion, apply acoating of wax or chrome preser-vative and rub to a high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal partswith a heavier coating of wax orpreservative. If necessary, coat theparts with non-corrosive petroleumjelly or other protective compound.

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control maycollect on the underbody. If thesematerials are not removed, acceler-ated rusting can occur on underbodyparts such as the fuel lines, frame,floor pan and exhaust system, eventhough they have been treated withrust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-body and wheel openings with luke-warm or cold water once a month,after off-road driving and at the end ofeach winter. Pay special attention tothese areas because it is difficult tosee all the mud and dirt. It will domore harm than good to wet down theroad grime without removing it. Thelower edges of the doors, rocker pan-els, and frame members have drainholes that should not be allowed toclog with dirt; trapped water in theseareas can cause rusting.

7 77

Maintenance

Aluminum wheel maintenanceThe aluminum wheels are coatedwith a clear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,

polishing compound, solvent, orwire brushes on aluminum wheels.They may scratch or damage thefinish.

• Clean the wheel when it hascooled.

• Use only a mild soap or neutraldetergent, and rinse thoroughlywith water. Also, be sure to cleanthe wheels after driving on saltedroads. This helps prevent corro-sion.

• Avoid washing the wheels withhighspeed vehicle wash brushes.

• Do not use any alkaline or aciddetergents It may damage and cor-rode the aluminum wheels coatedwith a clear protective finish.

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corrosion

By using the most advanced designand construction practices to combatcorrosion, we produce vehicles ofthe highest quality. However, this isonly part of the job. To achieve thelong-term corrosion resistance yourvehicle can deliver, the owner'scooperation and assistance is alsorequired.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corro-sion on your vehicle are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneaththe vehicle.

• Removal of paint or protectivecoatings by stones, gravel, abra-sion or minor scrapes and dentswhich leave unprotected metalexposed to corrosion.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, testthe brakes while driving slowlyto see if they have been affectedby water. If braking performanceis impaired, dry the brakes byapplying them lightly whilemaintaining a slow forwardspeed.

Maintenance

787

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your vehi-cle is regularly exposed to corrosivematerials, corrosion protection isparticularly important. Some of thecommon causes of accelerated cor-rosion are road salts, dust controlchemicals, ocean air and industrialpollution.

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions inwhich corrosion is most likely tooccur. For example, corrosion isaccelerated by high humidity, partic-ularly when temperatures are justabove freezing. In such conditions,the corrosive material is kept in con-tact with the vehicle’s surface bymoisture that evaporates slowly.Mud is particularly corrosivebecause it dries slowly and holdsmoisture in contact with the vehicle.Although the mud appears to be dry,it can still retain the moisture andpromote corrosion.

High temperatures can also acceler-ate corrosion of parts that are notproperly ventilated so the moisturecan be dispersed. For all these rea-sons, it is particularly important tokeep your vehicle clean and free ofmud or accumulations of other mate-rials. This applies not only to the vis-ible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the vehicle.

To help prevent corrosion

You can help prevent corrosion frombeginning by observing the following:

Keep your vehicle cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion isto keep your vehicle clean and freeof corrosive materials. Attention tothe underside of the vehicle is partic-ularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion areawhere road salts are used, nearthe ocean, areas with industrialpollution, acid rain, etc., you shouldtake extra care to prevent corro-sion. In winter, hose off the under-side of your vehicle at least once amonth and be sure to clean theunderside thoroughly when winteris over.

• When cleaning underneath thevehicle, give particular attention tothe components under the fendersand other areas that are hiddenfrom view. Do a thorough job; justdampening the accumulated mudrather than washing it away willaccelerate corrosion rather thanprevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularlyeffective in removing accumulatedmud and corrosive materials.

7 79

Maintenance

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members,be sure that drain holes are keptopen so that moisture can escapeand not be trapped inside to accel-erate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your vehicle in a damp,poorly ventilated garage. This cre-ates a favorable environment for cor-rosion. This is particularly true if youwash your vehicle in the garage ordrive it into the garage when it is stillwet or covered with snow, ice ormud. Even a heated garage can con-tribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good condi-tionScratches or chips in the finishshould be covered with "touch-up"paint as soon as possible to reducethe possibility of corrosion. If baremetal is showing through, the atten-tion of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings arehighly corrosive and may damagepainted surfaces in just a few hours.Always remove bird droppings assoon as possible.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floormats and carpeting and cause corro-sion. Check under the mats periodi-cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.Use particular care if you carry fertiliz-ers, cleaning materials or chemicalsin the vehicle.These should be carried only in prop-er containers and any spills or leaksshould be cleaned up, flushed withclean water and thoroughly dried.

Interior careInterior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume,cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean-er, and air freshener from contactingthe interior parts because they maycause damage or discoloration. Ifthey do contact the interior parts,wipe them off immediately. If neces-sary, use a vinyl cleaner, see productinstructions for correct usage.

CAUTION - Electrical com-ponents

Never allow water or other liq-uids to come in contact withelectrical/ electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle as thismay damage them.

Maintenance

807

Cleaning the upholstery and inte-rior trim Vinyl

Remove dust and loose dirt fromvinyl with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with avinyl cleaner.

Fabric

Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-ric with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-tion recommended for upholstery orcarpets. Remove fresh spots imme-diately with a fabric spot cleaner. Iffresh spots do not receive immediateattention, the fabric can be stainedand its color can be affected. Also, itsfire-resistant properties can bereduced if the material is not proper-ly maintained.Using anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

Cleaning the lap/shoulder beltwebbing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended forcleaning upholstery or carpet. Followthe instructions provided with thesoap. Do not bleach or re-dye thewebbing because this may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior windowglass If the interior glass surfaces of thevehicle become fogged (that is, cov-ered with an oily, greasy or waxyfilm), they should be cleaned with aglass cleaner. Follow the directionson the glass cleaner container.

CAUTION - LeatherWhen cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), useneutral detergents or low alco-hol content solutions. If you usehigh alcohol content solutionsor acid/alkaline detergents, thecolor of the leather may fade orthe surface may get stripped off.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch theinside of the rear window. Thismay result in damage of the rearwindow defroster grid.

7 81

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMThe emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warrantyinformation contained in theWarranty & Maintenance booklet inyour vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with anemission control system to meet allapplicable emission regulations.There are three emission controlsystems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control sys-tem

(2) Evaporative emission control sys-tem

(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper functionof the emission control systems, it isrecommended that you have yourvehicle inspected and maintained byan authorized Kia Premium dealer inaccordance with the maintenanceschedule in this manual.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from mis-

firing during dynamometer test-ing, turn the Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system off bypressing the ESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing iscompleted, turn the ESC systemback on by pressing the ESCswitch again.

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilationsystem is employed to prevent airpollution caused by blow-by gasesbeing emitted from the crankcase.This system supplies fresh filtered airto the crankcase through the airintake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-bygases, which then pass through thePCV valve into the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission con-trol (including ORVR:Onboard Refueling VaporRecovery) system

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.(The ORVR system is designed toallow the vapors from the fuel tank tobe loaded into a canister while refu-eling at the gas station, preventingthe escape of fuel vapors into theatmosphere.)

Maintenance

827

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed inthe canister are drawn into the surgetank through the purge control sole-noid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve(PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve iscontrolled by the Engine ControlModule (ECM); when the enginecoolant temperature is low duringidling, the PCSV closes so that evap-orated fuel is not taken into theengine. After the engine warms upduring ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel tothe engine.

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission ControlSystem is a highly effective systemwhich controls exhaust emissionswhile maintaining good vehicle per-formance.

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle couldaffect its performance, safety ordurability and may even violate gov-ernmental safety and emissions reg-ulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modifi-cation may not be covered underwarranty.• If you use unauthorized electronic

devices, it may cause the vehicle tooperate abnormally, wire damage,battery discharge and fire. For yoursafety, do not use unauthorizedelectronic devices.

Engine exhaust gas precautions(carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present

with other exhaust fumes.Therefore, if you smell exhaustfumes of any kind inside your vehi-cle, have it inspected and repairedimmediately. If you ever suspectexhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with allthe windows fully open. Have yourvehicle checked and repairedimmediately.

7 83

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in con-fined or closed areas (such asgarages) any more than what isnecessary to move the vehicle in orout of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a shorttime with the engine running,adjust the ventilation system (asneeded) to draw outside air into thevehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stoppedvehicle for any extended time withthe engine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails tostart, excessive attempts to restartthe engine may cause damage tothe emission control system.

Operating precautions for catalyt-ic converters (if equipped)WARNING - Exhaust

Engine exhaust gases containcarbon monoxide (CO). Thoughcolorless and odorless, it isdangerous and could be lethal ifinhaled. Follow the instructionson this page to avoid CO poi-soning.

WARNING - Fire• Do not park, idle or drive the

vehicle over or near flammableobjects, such as grass, vegeta-tion, paper, leaves, etc. A hotexhaust system can ignite flam-mable items under your vehicle.

• Also, do not remove the heatsink around the exhaust sys-tem, do not seal the bottom ofthe vehicle or do not coat thevehicle for corrosion control. Itmay present a fire risk undercertain conditions.

WARNING - Catalytic converter

Keep away from the catalyticconverter and exhaust systemwhile the vehicle is running orimmediately thereafter. Theexhaust and catalytic systemsare very hot and may burn you.

Maintenance

847

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-alytic converter emission controldevice.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for

gasoline engines.• Do not operate the vehicle when

there are signs of engine malfunc-tion, such as misfire or a noticeableloss of performance.

• Do not misuse or abuse theengine. Examples of misuse arecoasting with the ignition off anddescending steep grades in gearwith the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at highidle speed for extended periods (5minutes or more).

• Do not modify or tamper with anypart of the engine or emission con-trol system. All inspections andadjustments must be made by anauthorized Kia Premium dealer.

• Avoid driving with a extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, dam-aging the catalytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyt-ic converter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could voidyour warranties.


Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Weight/volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . 8-5

• Recommended SAE viscosity number . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

8


28

DIMENSIONS

*1 : with R17 tire

*2 : with R18/R19 tire

Item mm (in)Overall length 4970 (195.7)Overall width 1850 (72.8)Overall height 1475 (58.1)

Front tread 1602 (63.1)*1 / 1601 (63.0)*2

Rear tread 1601 (63.0)*1 / 1600 (62.9)*2

Wheelbase 2845 (112.0)

Item Tire size Wheel sizeInflation pressure kPa (psi)

Wheel lug nut torquekg•m (lb•ft, N•m)

Normal load *1 Maximum loadFront Rear Front Rear

Full size tireP245/45R18 7.5Jx18

220(32)

220(32)

220(32)

220(32)

9~11 (65~79, 88~107)

P245/40R19 8.0Jx19220(32)

220(32)

220(32)

220(32)

Compact sparetire

T135/80D17 4.0Tx17420(60)

420(60)

420(60)

420(60)

*1: Normal load : Up to 3 persons

TIRES AND WHEELS

8 3


ENGINE

WEIGHT/VOLUME

Item Gasoline Lambda II 3.3L

Gross vehicle weight kg (lbs.)

2,130 (4,696)

Luggage volume l (cu ft)

451 (15.9)

Item Gasoline Lambda II 3.3L

Displacementcc (cu. in)

3,342 (203.9)

Bore x Strokemm (in) 92 x 83.8 (3.62 x 3.30)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6

No. of cylinders V-type


48

BULB WATTAGE

* : If equipped

Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type

Front

Headlights (High) 65 H9

Headlights (Low) 55 or 35 (HID) H7 or D1S (HID)

Front turn signal lights 28W PY28/8

Position lights LED LED

Side repeater lights (Outside mirror)* LED LED

Front fog lightsHalogen 35 H8

LED LED LED

Daytime running lights* LED LED

Rear

Stop and tail lights LED LED

Rear turn signal lights 27W PY27

Back-up lights 16 W16W

Rear fog lights* LED LED

High mounted stop light LED LED

License plate lights 5W W5W

Interior

Map lamps/Room lamps 10W W10W

Mood lamp LED LED

Trunk lamp 5 FESTOON

Glove box lamp 5 FESTOON

Vanity mirror lamps 5 FESTOON

Foot lamp 5 FESTOON

Overhead Console lamp (Map/Room/Mood lamp) LED LED

8 5


RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ-

omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measurein everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3 If the API service SM or ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL or ACEA A3.

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill) Recommends

5.7 l (6.02 US qt.)API Service SM,

ILSAC GF-4 or above

Automatic transaxle fluid 7.8 l (8.24 US qt.)MICHANG ATF SP-4, SK ATF SP-4

NOCA ATF SP-4, Kia genuine ATF & SP-4

Coolant 8.4 l (8.88 US qt.)Mixture of antifreeze and water (Ethylene glycol

base coolant for aluminum radiator)

Brake fluid 0.7~0.8 l (0.7~0.8 US qt.) FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Fuel 70 l (18.49 US gal.) Unleaded gasoline


68

Recommended SAE viscositynumberAlways be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drainingany lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engine andother mechanisms that could bedamaged.

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) hasan effect on fuel economy and coldweather operating (engine start andengine oil flowability). Lower viscosi-ty engine oils can provide better fueleconomy and cold weather perform-ance, however, higher viscosityengine oils are required for satisfac-tory lubrication in hot weather. Usingoils of any viscosity other than thoserecommended could result in enginedamage.

When choosing an oil, consider therange of temperature your vehiclewill be operated in before the next oilchange. Proceed to select the rec-ommended oil viscosity from thechart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Gasoline Engine Oil *1

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

*1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a vis-cosity grade SAE 5W-30 (API Service SM / ILSAC GF-4 / ACEA A5).However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the properengine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

10W-30

5W-30, 5W-40

8 7


The vehicle identification number(VIN) is the number used in register-ing your car and in all legal matterspertaining to its ownership, etc.

The VIN is also on a plate attachedto the top of the dashboard. Thenumber on the plate can easily beseen through the windshield fromoutside.

The vehicle certification labelattached on the driver’s (or front pas-senger’s) side center pillar gives thevehicle identification number (VIN).

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

OVG089001 OBH088005N

VIN label (if equipped)Frame number

OVG089002

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL


88

The tires supplied on your new vehi-cle are chosen to provide the bestperformance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver'sside center pillar gives the tire pres-sures recommended for your car.

The engine number is stamped onthe engine block as shown in thedrawing.

OHG050081L

OHG080004

ENGINE NUMBERTIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

Index

I

Index

2I

Advanced Smart cruise control (ASCC) system . . . . . 5-41Air bag - supplemental restraint system. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

Air bag system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32Air bag warning label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag . . 3-48Occupant Detection System (ODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37Side air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35

Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37Filter replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37

Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79

Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140Aux, USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142Steering wheel remote controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141

Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Automatic transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Automaticl climate control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112Air conditioner refrigerant and compressor

lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124

Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123Heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121

Back-up warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90Non-operational conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93

Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43Battery recharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45

Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Blind Spot Detection System (BSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34

Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Anti-lock brake system (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Auto hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24Electric parking brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33Parking brake (foot type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

A

B

I 3

Index

Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24Lower anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29Tether anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38

Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37

Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111Wiper deicer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

Auto door lock/unlock feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Impact sensing door unlock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Operatiom (from inside). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18Operatiom (from outside). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Push-starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Emission control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6, 7-3Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31

Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33Checking the coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31

Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29

Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30Checking the engine oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29

Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5ENGINE START/STOP button position . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button . . . . . . . 5-5

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . . . 7-25Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29Emergency fuel filler lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31Opening and closing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29

C

D

E

F

Index

4I

Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . 1-3

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60Engine compartment fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . 7-63Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65Instrument panel fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62

Harzard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

If the engine overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7If the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

If engine doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4

If you have a flat tire (with spare tire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

In case of an emergency while driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

If engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing . . . . . . 6-3If you have a flat tire while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54Instrument Cluster Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53LCD Display Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53Transaxle Shift Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58

Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Interior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131

Air ventilation seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131Floor mat anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137Luggage net holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138Navigation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135Rear curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-132Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131USB charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135

Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107Door courtesy lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108

H

I

I 5

Index

Trunk room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110

Interior overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS). . . . . . . . . . 5-54LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59

A/V Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65LCD Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60Turn By Turn Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65User Settings Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62Warning Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66

Lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97Battery saver function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97Daytime running light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102Headlight escort function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97Headlight leveling device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103High beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98Turn signals and lane change signals. . . . . . . . . . . 4-101

Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40

Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48

Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Owner maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32Closing the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33Sunroof open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32Sunshade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35Tilting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36Checking the parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36

Rearview camera display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Recommended SAE viscosity number . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

L

M

O

P

R

Index

6I

Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Driver position memory system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Front seat adjustment - power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Headrest (for front seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Headrest (for rear seat). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11Seatback pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11Mechanical key operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Remote keyless entry system operations . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69

Driving in flooded areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70Driving in the rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68Highway driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69

Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37

Electric power steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39Tilt and telescopic steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38

Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130

Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14Disarmed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Changing a tire with TPMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)

malfunction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

S

T

I 7

Index

Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46

Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47Low aspect ratio tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59Recommended cold tire inflation pressures. . . . . . . 7-46Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51Tire replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49Wheel replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24Removable towing hook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22

Trailer Towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73

Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73Trip A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75

Trunk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22Emergency trunk safety release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21

Vehicle Break-In Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Vehicle certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders. . . . 1-7Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75

Certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78Tire and loading information label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75

Vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80GAW (Gross axle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80GAWR (Gross axle weight rating). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80GVW (Gross vehicle weight). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80

Warning and indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77

Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35Checking the washer fluid level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35

Weight/volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

V

W

Index

8I

Welcome system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95Welcome light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125Defogging logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126To defog inside windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125To defrost outside windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126

Winter driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72Wiper and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104

Windshield wiper and washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39

Blade inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39

Kia, THE COMPANY · Kia, THE COMPANY Thank you for ... life cycle reduction, etc. Also, the...

Documents

Transcript of Kia, THE COMPANY · Kia, THE COMPANY Thank you for ... life cycle reduction, etc. Also, the...